Tcl Source Code

Check-in [50670df35e]
Login

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview
Comment:merge core-8-branch
Downloads: Tarball | ZIP archive
Timelines: family | ancestors | bug-bcd1004104
Files: files | file ages | folders
SHA3-256: 50670df35e0d080e11d31d4fca9b6277daba5711fe3efe6f315603cf5d51476a
User & Date: pooryorick 2019-11-07 16:43:08.476
Context
2019-11-07
16:43
merge core-8-branch Closed-Leaf check-in: 50670df35e user: pooryorick tags: bug-bcd1004104
16:40
Rewrite comments in tclIOUtil.c check-in: 0ab8f36155 user: pooryorick tags: core-8-branch
2019-11-06
22:47
Remove changes due to improper application of patch. check-in: 40a75d8a9b user: pooryorick tags: bug-bcd1004104
Changes
Unified Diff Ignore Whitespace Patch
Changes to generic/tclIOUtil.c.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
/*
 * tclIOUtil.c --
 *
 *	This file contains the implementation of Tcl's generic filesystem
 *	code, which supports a pluggable filesystem architecture allowing both
 *	platform specific filesystems and 'virtual filesystems'. All
 *	filesystem access should go through the functions defined in this
 *	file. Most of this code was contributed by Vince Darley.
 *
 *	Parts of this file are based on code contributed by Karl Lehenbauer,
 *	Mark Diekhans and Peter da Silva.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Vincent Darley.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.



<
<
|
|
|
<
|
|







1
2
3


4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
/*
 * tclIOUtil.c --
 *


 *	Provides an interface for managing filesystems in Tcl, and also for
 *	creating a filesystem interface in Tcl arbitrary facilities.  All
 *	filesystem operations are performed via this interface.  Vince Darley

 *	is the primary author.  Other signifiant contributors are Karl
 *	Lehenbauer, Mark Diekhans and Peter da Silva.
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Vincent Darley.
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62


63
64



65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120




121


122
123



124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
#include <sys/statfs.h>
#endif
#endif

/*
 * struct FilesystemRecord --
 *
 * A filesystem record is used to keep track of each filesystem currently
 * registered with the core, in a linked list.
 */

typedef struct FilesystemRecord {
    ClientData clientData;	/* Client specific data for the new filesystem
				 * (can be NULL) */
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;/* Pointer to filesystem dispatch table. */
    struct FilesystemRecord *nextPtr;
				/* The next filesystem registered to Tcl, or
				 * NULL if no more. */
    struct FilesystemRecord *prevPtr;
				/* The previous filesystem registered to Tcl,
				 * or NULL if no more. */
} FilesystemRecord;

/*
 * This structure holds per-thread private copy of the current directory
 * maintained by the global cwdPathPtr. This structure holds per-thread
 * private copies of some global data. This way we avoid most of the
 * synchronization calls which boosts performance, at cost of having to update
 * this information each time the corresponding epoch counter changes.
 */

typedef struct {
    int initialized;
    size_t cwdPathEpoch;


    size_t filesystemEpoch;
    Tcl_Obj *cwdPathPtr;



    ClientData cwdClientData;
    FilesystemRecord *filesystemList;
    size_t claims;
} ThreadSpecificData;

/*
 * Prototypes for functions defined later in this file.
 */

static Tcl_NRPostProc	EvalFileCallback;
static FilesystemRecord*FsGetFirstFilesystem(void);
static void		FsThrExitProc(ClientData cd);
static Tcl_Obj *	FsListMounts(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, const char *pattern);
static void		FsAddMountsToGlobResult(Tcl_Obj *resultPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, const char *pattern,
			    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types);
static void		FsUpdateCwd(Tcl_Obj *cwdObj, ClientData clientData);
static void		FsRecacheFilesystemList(void);
static void		Claim(void);
static void		Disclaim(void);

static void *		DivertFindSymbol(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle, const char *symbol);
static void		DivertUnloadFile(Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle);

/*
 * These form part of the native filesystem support. They are needed here
 * because we have a few native filesystem functions (which are the same for
 * win/unix) in this file. There is no need to place them in tclInt.h, because
 * they are not (and should not be) used anywhere else.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const		tclpFileAttrStrings[];
MODULE_SCOPE const TclFileAttrProcs	tclpFileAttrProcs[];

/*
 * Declare the native filesystem support. These functions should be considered
 * private to Tcl, and should really not be called directly by any code other
 * than this file (i.e. neither by Tcl's core nor by extensions). Similarly,
 * the old string-based Tclp... native filesystem functions should not be
 * called.
 *
 * The correct API to use now is the Tcl_FS... set of functions, which ensure
 * correct and complete virtual filesystem support.
 *
 * We cannot make all of these static, since some of them are implemented in
 * the platform-specific directories.
 */

static Tcl_FSFilesystemSeparatorProc NativeFilesystemSeparator;
static Tcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc NativeFreeInternalRep;
static Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc NativeFileAttrStrings;
static Tcl_FSFileAttrsGetProc	NativeFileAttrsGet;
static Tcl_FSFileAttrsSetProc	NativeFileAttrsSet;

/*




 * The only reason these functions are not static is that they are either


 * called by code in the native (win/unix) directories or they are actually
 * implemented in those directories. They should simply not be called by code



 * outside Tcl's native filesystem core i.e. they should be considered
 * 'static' to Tcl's filesystem code (if we ever built the native filesystem
 * support into a separate code library, this could actually be enforced).
 */

Tcl_FSFilesystemPathTypeProc	TclpFilesystemPathType;
Tcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc	TclpNativeToNormalized;
Tcl_FSStatProc			TclpObjStat;
Tcl_FSAccessProc		TclpObjAccess;
Tcl_FSMatchInDirectoryProc	TclpMatchInDirectory;
Tcl_FSChdirProc			TclpObjChdir;
Tcl_FSLstatProc			TclpObjLstat;
Tcl_FSCopyFileProc		TclpObjCopyFile;
Tcl_FSDeleteFileProc		TclpObjDeleteFile;
Tcl_FSRenameFileProc		TclpObjRenameFile;
Tcl_FSCreateDirectoryProc	TclpObjCreateDirectory;
Tcl_FSCopyDirectoryProc		TclpObjCopyDirectory;
Tcl_FSRemoveDirectoryProc	TclpObjRemoveDirectory;
Tcl_FSLinkProc			TclpObjLink;
Tcl_FSListVolumesProc		TclpObjListVolumes;

/*
 * Define the native filesystem dispatch table. If necessary, it is ok to make
 * this non-static, but it should only be accessed by the functions actually
 * listed within it (or perhaps other helper functions of them). Anything
 * which is not part of this 'native filesystem implementation' should not be
 * delving inside here!
 */

const Tcl_Filesystem tclNativeFilesystem = {
    "native",
    sizeof(Tcl_Filesystem),
    TCL_FILESYSTEM_VERSION_2,
    TclNativePathInFilesystem,







<
|



|



|
|

|
|



<
<
<
<
<




|
>
>

|
>
>
>






|


















<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<

|
|
<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<









>
>
>
>
|
>
>
|
|
>
>
>
|
|
|



















|
|
|
<
<







26
27
28
29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48





49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85






86



87
88
89

90



91



92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137


138
139
140
141
142
143
144
#include <sys/statfs.h>
#endif
#endif

/*
 * struct FilesystemRecord --
 *

 * An item in a linked list of registered filesystems
 */

typedef struct FilesystemRecord {
    ClientData clientData;	/* Client-specific data for the filesystem
				 * (can be NULL) */
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;/* Pointer to filesystem dispatch table. */
    struct FilesystemRecord *nextPtr;
				/* The next registered filesystem, or NULL to
				 * indicate the end of the list. */
    struct FilesystemRecord *prevPtr;
				/* The previous filesystem, or NULL to indicate
				 * the ned of the list */
} FilesystemRecord;

/*





 */

typedef struct {
    int initialized;
    size_t cwdPathEpoch;	/* Compared with the global cwdPathEpoch to
				 * determine whether cwdPathPtr is stale.
				 */
    size_t filesystemEpoch;
    Tcl_Obj *cwdPathPtr;	/* A private copy of cwdPathPtr. Updated when
				 * the value is accessed  and cwdPathEpoch has
				 * changed.
				 */
    ClientData cwdClientData;
    FilesystemRecord *filesystemList;
    size_t claims;
} ThreadSpecificData;

/*
 * Forward declarations.
 */

static Tcl_NRPostProc	EvalFileCallback;
static FilesystemRecord*FsGetFirstFilesystem(void);
static void		FsThrExitProc(ClientData cd);
static Tcl_Obj *	FsListMounts(Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, const char *pattern);
static void		FsAddMountsToGlobResult(Tcl_Obj *resultPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr, const char *pattern,
			    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types);
static void		FsUpdateCwd(Tcl_Obj *cwdObj, ClientData clientData);
static void		FsRecacheFilesystemList(void);
static void		Claim(void);
static void		Disclaim(void);

static void *		DivertFindSymbol(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle, const char *symbol);
static void		DivertUnloadFile(Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle);











/*
 * Functions that provide native filesystem support. They are private and
 * should be used only here.  They should be called instead of calling Tclp...

 * native filesystem functions.  Others should use the Tcl_FS... functions



 * which ensure correct and complete virtual filesystem support.



 */

static Tcl_FSFilesystemSeparatorProc NativeFilesystemSeparator;
static Tcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc NativeFreeInternalRep;
static Tcl_FSFileAttrStringsProc NativeFileAttrStrings;
static Tcl_FSFileAttrsGetProc	NativeFileAttrsGet;
static Tcl_FSFileAttrsSetProc	NativeFileAttrsSet;

/*
 * Functions that support the native filesystem functions listed above.  They
 * are the same for win/unix, and not in tclInt.h because they are and should
 * be used only here.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE const char *const		tclpFileAttrStrings[];
MODULE_SCOPE const TclFileAttrProcs	tclpFileAttrProcs[];


/*
 * These these functions are not static either because routines in the native
 * (win/unix) directories call them or they are actually implemented in those
 * directories. They should be called from outside Tcl's native filesystem
 * routines. If we ever built the native filesystem support into a separate
 * code library, this could actually be enforced.
 */

Tcl_FSFilesystemPathTypeProc	TclpFilesystemPathType;
Tcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc	TclpNativeToNormalized;
Tcl_FSStatProc			TclpObjStat;
Tcl_FSAccessProc		TclpObjAccess;
Tcl_FSMatchInDirectoryProc	TclpMatchInDirectory;
Tcl_FSChdirProc			TclpObjChdir;
Tcl_FSLstatProc			TclpObjLstat;
Tcl_FSCopyFileProc		TclpObjCopyFile;
Tcl_FSDeleteFileProc		TclpObjDeleteFile;
Tcl_FSRenameFileProc		TclpObjRenameFile;
Tcl_FSCreateDirectoryProc	TclpObjCreateDirectory;
Tcl_FSCopyDirectoryProc		TclpObjCopyDirectory;
Tcl_FSRemoveDirectoryProc	TclpObjRemoveDirectory;
Tcl_FSLinkProc			TclpObjLink;
Tcl_FSListVolumesProc		TclpObjListVolumes;

/*
 * The native filesystem dispatch table.  This could me made public but it
 * should only be accessed by the functions it points to, or perhaps
 * subordinate helper functions.


 */

const Tcl_Filesystem tclNativeFilesystem = {
    "native",
    sizeof(Tcl_Filesystem),
    TCL_FILESYSTEM_VERSION_2,
    TclNativePathInFilesystem,
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244

245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257

258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
    /* Needs casts since we're using version_2. */
    (Tcl_FSLoadFileProc *) TclpDlopen,
    (Tcl_FSGetCwdProc *) TclpGetNativeCwd,
    TclpObjChdir
};

/*
 * Define the tail of the linked list. Note that for unconventional uses of
 * Tcl without a native filesystem, we may in the future wish to modify the
 * current approach of hard-coding the native filesystem in the lookup list
 * 'filesystemList' below.
 *
 * We initialize the record so that it thinks one file uses it. This means it
 * will never be freed.
 */

static FilesystemRecord nativeFilesystemRecord = {
    NULL,
    &tclNativeFilesystem,
    NULL,
    NULL
};

/*
 * This is incremented each time we modify the linked list of filesystems. Any

 * time it changes, all cached filesystem representations are suspect and must
 * be freed. For multithreading builds, change of the filesystem epoch will
 * trigger cache cleanup in all threads.
 */

static size_t theFilesystemEpoch = 1;

/*
 * Stores the linked list of filesystems. A 1:1 copy of this list is also
 * maintained in the TSD for each thread. This is to avoid synchronization
 * issues.

 */

static FilesystemRecord *filesystemList = &nativeFilesystemRecord;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(filesystemMutex)

/*
 * Used to implement Tcl_FSGetCwd in a file-system independent way.
 */

static Tcl_Obj *cwdPathPtr = NULL;
static size_t cwdPathEpoch = 0;
static ClientData cwdClientData = NULL;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cwdMutex)

static Tcl_ThreadDataKey fsDataKey;

/*
 * One of these structures is used each time we successfully load a file from
 * a file system by way of making a temporary copy of the file on the native
 * filesystem. We need to store both the actual unloadProc/clientData
 * combination which was used, and the original and modified filenames, so
 * that we can correctly undo the entire operation when we want to unload the
 * code.

 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle;
    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc *unloadProcPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *divertedFile;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *divertedFilesystem;
    ClientData divertedFileNativeRep;
} FsDivertLoad;

/*
 * The following functions are obsolete string based APIs, and should be
 * removed in a future release (Tcl 9 would be a good time).

 */

/* Obsolete */
int
Tcl_Stat(
    const char *path,		/* Path of file to stat (in current CP). */
    struct stat *oldStyleBuf)	/* Filled with results of stat call. */
{
    int ret;
    Tcl_StatBuf buf;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(path,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);







|
|
|
|
<
<
<










|
>
|
<
<





|
<
|
>






|



|






<
|
|
|
|
<
>











<
|
>





|







173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183



184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196


197
198
199
200
201
202

203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225

226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237

238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
    /* Needs casts since we're using version_2. */
    (Tcl_FSLoadFileProc *) TclpDlopen,
    (Tcl_FSGetCwdProc *) TclpGetNativeCwd,
    TclpObjChdir
};

/*
 * An initial record in the linked list for the native filesystem.  Remains at
 * the tail of the list and is never freed.  Currently the native filesystem is
 * hard-coded.  It may make sense to modify this to accomodate unconventional
 * uses of Tcl that provide no native filesystem.



 */

static FilesystemRecord nativeFilesystemRecord = {
    NULL,
    &tclNativeFilesystem,
    NULL,
    NULL
};

/*
 * Incremented each time the linked list of filesystems is modified.  For
 * multithreaded builds, invalidates all cached filesystem internal
 * representations.


 */

static size_t theFilesystemEpoch = 1;

/*
 * The linked list of filesystems.  To minimize locking each thread maintains a

 * local copy of this list.
 *
 */

static FilesystemRecord *filesystemList = &nativeFilesystemRecord;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(filesystemMutex)

/*
 * A files-system indepent sense of the current directory.
 */

static Tcl_Obj *cwdPathPtr = NULL;
static size_t cwdPathEpoch = 0;	    /* The pathname of the current directory */
static ClientData cwdClientData = NULL;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(cwdMutex)

static Tcl_ThreadDataKey fsDataKey;

/*

 * When a temporary copy of a file is created on the native filesystem in order
 * to load the file, an FsDivertLoad structure is created to track both the
 * actual unloadProc/clientData combination which was used, and the original and
 * modified filenames.  This makes it possible to correctly undo the entire

 * operation in order to unload the library.
 */

typedef struct {
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle;
    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc *unloadProcPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *divertedFile;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *divertedFilesystem;
    ClientData divertedFileNativeRep;
} FsDivertLoad;

/*

 * Obsolete string-based APIs that should be removed in a future release,
 * perhaps in Tcl 9.
 */

/* Obsolete */
int
Tcl_Stat(
    const char *path,		/* Pathname of file to stat (in current CP). */
    struct stat *oldStyleBuf)	/* Filled with results of stat call. */
{
    int ret;
    Tcl_StatBuf buf;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(path,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350

351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
    }
    return ret;
}

/* Obsolete */
int
Tcl_Access(
    const char *path,		/* Path of file to access (in current CP). */

    int mode)			/* Permission setting. */
{
    int ret;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(path,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);
    ret = Tcl_FSAccess(pathPtr,mode);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);

    return ret;
}

/* Obsolete */
Tcl_Channel
Tcl_OpenFileChannel(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting; can be
				 * NULL. */
    const char *path,		/* Name of file to open. */
    const char *modeString,	/* A list of POSIX open modes or a string such
				 * as "rw". */
    int permissions)		/* If the open involves creating a file, with
				 * what modes to create it? */
{
    Tcl_Channel ret;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(path,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);
    ret = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, pathPtr, modeString, permissions);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);







|
>















|

|


|
<







325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354

355
356
357
358
359
360
361
    }
    return ret;
}

/* Obsolete */
int
Tcl_Access(
    const char *path,		/* Pathname of file to access (in current CP).
				*/
    int mode)			/* Permission setting. */
{
    int ret;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(path,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);
    ret = Tcl_FSAccess(pathPtr,mode);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);

    return ret;
}

/* Obsolete */
Tcl_Channel
Tcl_OpenFileChannel(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. May be
				 * NULL. */
    const char *path,		/* Pathname of file to open. */
    const char *modeString,	/* A list of POSIX open modes or a string such
				 * as "rw". */
    int permissions)		/* The modes to use if creating a new file. */

{
    Tcl_Channel ret;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(path,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);
    ret = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, pathPtr, modeString, permissions);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417

418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
    TclDStringAppendObj(cwdPtr, cwd);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwd);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(cwdPtr);
}

int
Tcl_EvalFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to process file. */
    const char *fileName)	/* Name of file to process. Tilde-substitution

				 * will be performed on this name. */
{
    int ret;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(fileName,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);
    ret = Tcl_FSEvalFile(interp, pathPtr);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);
    return ret;
}

/*
 * Now move on to the basic filesystem implementation.
 */

static void
FsThrExitProc(
    ClientData cd)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = cd;
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr = NULL, *tmpFsRecPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * Trash the cwd copy.
     */

    if (tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr);
	tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr = NULL;
    }
    if (tsdPtr->cwdClientData != NULL) {
	NativeFreeInternalRep(tsdPtr->cwdClientData);
    }

    /*
     * Trash the filesystems cache.
     */

    fsRecPtr = tsdPtr->filesystemList;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	tmpFsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
	fsRecPtr->fsPtr = NULL;
	ckfree(fsRecPtr);







|
|
>
|











|










|











|







391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
    TclDStringAppendObj(cwdPtr, cwd);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwd);
    return Tcl_DStringValue(cwdPtr);
}

int
Tcl_EvalFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to evaluate the script. */
    const char *fileName)	/* Pathname of the file containing the script.
				 * Performs Tilde-substitution on this
				 * pathaname. */
{
    int ret;
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(fileName,-1);

    Tcl_IncrRefCount(pathPtr);
    ret = Tcl_FSEvalFile(interp, pathPtr);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(pathPtr);
    return ret;
}

/*
 * The basic filesystem implementation.
 */

static void
FsThrExitProc(
    ClientData cd)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = cd;
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr = NULL, *tmpFsRecPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * Discard the cwd copy.
     */

    if (tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr);
	tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr = NULL;
    }
    if (tsdPtr->cwdClientData != NULL) {
	NativeFreeInternalRep(tsdPtr->cwdClientData);
    }

    /*
     * Discard the filesystems cache.
     */

    fsRecPtr = tsdPtr->filesystemList;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	tmpFsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
	fsRecPtr->fsPtr = NULL;
	ckfree(fsRecPtr);
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491


492
493
494
495
496


497
498
499
500
501
502
503
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSCwdPointerEquals --
 *
 *	Check whether the current working directory is equal to the path
 *	given.
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 (equal) or 0 (un-equal) as appropriate.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	If the paths are equal, but are not the same object, this method will


 *	modify the given pathPtrPtr to refer to the same object. In this case
 *	the object pointed to by pathPtrPtr will have its refCount
 *	decremented, and it will be adjusted to point to the cwd (with a new
 *	refCount).
 *


 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclFSCwdPointerEquals(
    Tcl_Obj **pathPtrPtr)
{







<
|
|


|


<
>
>
|
|
<
<

>
>







459
460
461
462
463
464
465

466
467
468
469
470
471
472

473
474
475
476


477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
    }
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSCwdPointerEquals --

 *	Determine whether the given pathname is equal to the current working
 *	directory.
 *
 * Results:
 *	1 if equal, 0 otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:

 *	Updates TSD if needed.
 *
 *	Stores a pointer to the current directory in *pathPtrPtr if it is not
 *	already there and the current directory is not NULL.


 *
 *	If *pathPtrPtr is not null its reference count is decremented
 *	before it is replaced.
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclFSCwdPointerEquals(
    Tcl_Obj **pathPtrPtr)
{
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
	int len1, len2;
	const char *str1, *str2;

	str1 = TclGetStringFromObj(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr, &len1);
	str2 = TclGetStringFromObj(*pathPtrPtr, &len2);
	if ((len1 == len2) && !memcmp(str1, str2, len1)) {
	    /*
	     * They are equal, but different objects. Update so they will be
	     * the same object in the future.
	     */

	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(*pathPtrPtr);
	    *pathPtrPtr = tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr;
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(*pathPtrPtr);
	    return 1;
	} else {







|
|







525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
	int len1, len2;
	const char *str1, *str2;

	str1 = TclGetStringFromObj(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr, &len1);
	str2 = TclGetStringFromObj(*pathPtrPtr, &len2);
	if ((len1 == len2) && !memcmp(str1, str2, len1)) {
	    /*
	     * The values are equal but the objects are different.  Cache the
	     * current structure in place of the old one.
	     */

	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(*pathPtrPtr);
	    *pathPtrPtr = tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr;
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(*pathPtrPtr);
	    return 1;
	} else {
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
    fsRecPtr = filesystemList;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	tmpFsRecPtr = fsRecPtr;
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Refill the cache honouring the order.
     */

    list = NULL;
    fsRecPtr = tmpFsRecPtr;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	tmpFsRecPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FilesystemRecord));
	*tmpFsRecPtr = *fsRecPtr;







|







569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
    fsRecPtr = filesystemList;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	tmpFsRecPtr = fsRecPtr;
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }

    /*
     * Refill the cache, honouring the order.
     */

    list = NULL;
    fsRecPtr = tmpFsRecPtr;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	tmpFsRecPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FilesystemRecord));
	*tmpFsRecPtr = *fsRecPtr;
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
	    && (tsdPtr->filesystemEpoch != theFilesystemEpoch))) {
	FsRecacheFilesystemList();
    }
    return tsdPtr->filesystemList;
}

/*
 * The epoch can be changed by filesystems being added or removed, by changing
 * the "system encoding" and by env(HOME) changing.
 */

int
TclFSEpochOk(
    size_t filesystemEpoch)
{
    return (filesystemEpoch == 0 || filesystemEpoch == theFilesystemEpoch);







|
|







616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
	    && (tsdPtr->filesystemEpoch != theFilesystemEpoch))) {
	FsRecacheFilesystemList();
    }
    return tsdPtr->filesystemList;
}

/*
 * The epoch can is changed when a filesystems is added or removed, when 
 * "system encoding" changes, and when env(HOME) changes.
 */

int
TclFSEpochOk(
    size_t filesystemEpoch)
{
    return (filesystemEpoch == 0 || filesystemEpoch == theFilesystemEpoch);
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&fsDataKey);

    return tsdPtr->filesystemEpoch;
}

/*
 * If non-NULL, clientData is owned by us and must be freed later.
 */

static void
FsUpdateCwd(
    Tcl_Obj *cwdObj,
    ClientData clientData)
{







|







652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&fsDataKey);

    return tsdPtr->filesystemEpoch;
}

/*
 * If non-NULL, take posession of clientData and free it later.
 */

static void
FsUpdateCwd(
    Tcl_Obj *cwdObj,
    ClientData clientData)
{
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
    }

    if (cwdObj == NULL) {
	cwdPathPtr = NULL;
	cwdClientData = NULL;
    } else {
	/*
	 * This must be stored as string obj!
	 */

	cwdPathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, len);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cwdPathPtr);
	cwdClientData = TclNativeDupInternalRep(clientData);
    }








|







681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
    }

    if (cwdObj == NULL) {
	cwdPathPtr = NULL;
	cwdClientData = NULL;
    } else {
	/*
	 * This must be stored as a string obj!
	 */

	cwdPathPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, len);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(cwdPathPtr);
	cwdClientData = TclNativeDupInternalRep(clientData);
    }

734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763

764
765
766
767
768
769
770
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFinalizeFilesystem --
 *
 *	Clean up the filesystem. After this, calls to all Tcl_FS... functions
 *	will fail.
 *
 *	We will later call TclResetFilesystem to restore the FS to a pristine
 *	state.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Frees any memory allocated by the filesystem.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclFinalizeFilesystem(void)
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;

    /*
     * Assumption that only one thread is active now. Otherwise we would need
     * to put various mutexes around this code.

     */

    if (cwdPathPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwdPathPtr);
	cwdPathPtr = NULL;
	cwdPathEpoch = 0;
    }







|
|

|
|





|










|
|
>







717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFinalizeFilesystem --
 *
 *	Clean up the filesystem.  After this, any call to a Tcl_FS... function
 *	fails.
 *
 *	If TclResetFilesystem is called later, it restores the filesystem to a
 *	pristine state.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Frees memory allocated for the filesystem.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclFinalizeFilesystem(void)
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;

    /*
     * Assume that only one thread is active. Otherwise mutexes would be needed
     * around this code.
     * TO DO:  This assumption is false, isn't it?
     */

    if (cwdPathPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwdPathPtr);
	cwdPathPtr = NULL;
	cwdPathEpoch = 0;
    }
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
     */

    fsRecPtr = filesystemList;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	FilesystemRecord *tmpFsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;

	/*
	 * The native filesystem is static, so we don't free it.
	 */

	if (fsRecPtr != &nativeFilesystemRecord) {
	    ckfree(fsRecPtr);
	}
	fsRecPtr = tmpFsRecPtr;
    }
    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
	++theFilesystemEpoch;
    }
    filesystemList = NULL;

    /*
     * Now filesystemList is NULL. This means that any attempt to use the
     * filesystem is likely to fail.
     */

#ifdef _WIN32
    TclWinEncodingsCleanup();
#endif
}








|













|
|







763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
     */

    fsRecPtr = filesystemList;
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	FilesystemRecord *tmpFsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;

	/*
	 * The native filesystem is static, so don't free it.
	 */

	if (fsRecPtr != &nativeFilesystemRecord) {
	    ckfree(fsRecPtr);
	}
	fsRecPtr = tmpFsRecPtr;
    }
    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
	++theFilesystemEpoch;
    }
    filesystemList = NULL;

    /*
     * filesystemList is now NULL. Any attempt to use the filesystem is likely
     * to fail.
     */

#ifdef _WIN32
    TclWinEncodingsCleanup();
#endif
}

832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841

842
843
844
845
846
847

848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859

860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934

935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966

967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSRegister --
 *
 *	Insert the filesystem function table at the head of the list of
 *	functions which are used during calls to all file-system operations.
 *	The filesystem will be added even if it is already in the list. (You

 *	can use Tcl_FSData to check if it is in the list, provided the
 *	ClientData used was not NULL).
 *
 *	Note that the filesystem handling is head-to-tail of the list. Each
 *	filesystem is asked in turn whether it can handle a particular
 *	request, until one of them says 'yes'. At that point no further

 *	filesystems are asked.
 *
 *	In particular this means if you want to add a diagnostic filesystem
 *	(which simply reports all fs activity), it must be at the head of the
 *	list: i.e. it must be the last registered.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Normally TCL_OK; TCL_ERROR if memory for a new node in the list could
 *	not be allocated.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory allocated and modifies the link list for filesystems.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSRegister(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Client specific data for this fs. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr)/* The filesystem record for the new fs. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *newFilesystemPtr;

    if (fsPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    newFilesystemPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FilesystemRecord));

    newFilesystemPtr->clientData = clientData;
    newFilesystemPtr->fsPtr = fsPtr;

    /*
     * Is this lock and wait strictly speaking necessary? Since any iterators
     * out there will have grabbed a copy of the head of the list and be
     * iterating away from that, if we add a new element to the head of the
     * list, it can't possibly have any effect on any of their loops. In fact
     * it could be better not to wait, since we are adjusting the filesystem
     * epoch, any cached representations calculated by existing iterators are
     * going to have to be thrown away anyway.
     *
     * However, since registering and unregistering filesystems is a very rare
     * action, this is not a very important point.
     */

    Tcl_MutexLock(&filesystemMutex);

    newFilesystemPtr->nextPtr = filesystemList;
    newFilesystemPtr->prevPtr = NULL;
    if (filesystemList) {
	filesystemList->prevPtr = newFilesystemPtr;
    }
    filesystemList = newFilesystemPtr;

    /*
     * Increment the filesystem epoch counter, since existing paths might
     * conceivably now belong to different filesystems.
     */

    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
	++theFilesystemEpoch;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&filesystemMutex);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSUnregister --
 *
 *	Remove the passed filesystem from the list of filesystem function
 *	tables. It also ensures that the built-in (native) filesystem is not
 *	removable, although we may wish to change that decision in the future
 *	to allow a smaller Tcl core, in which the native filesystem is not
 *	used at all (we could, say, initialise Tcl completely over a network
 *	connection).
 *
 * Results:
 *	TCL_OK if the function pointer was successfully removed, TCL_ERROR
 *	otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory may be deallocated (or will be later, once no "path" objects
 *	refer to this filesystem), but the list of registered filesystems is
 *	updated immediately.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSUnregister(
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr)/* The filesystem record to remove. */
{
    int retVal = TCL_ERROR;
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&filesystemMutex);

    /*
     * Traverse the 'filesystemList' looking for the particular node whose
     * 'fsPtr' member matches 'fsPtr' and remove that one from the list.
     * Ensure that the "default" node cannot be removed.
     */

    fsRecPtr = filesystemList;
    while ((retVal == TCL_ERROR) && (fsRecPtr != &nativeFilesystemRecord)) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr == fsPtr) {
	    if (fsRecPtr->prevPtr) {
		fsRecPtr->prevPtr->nextPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
	    } else {
		filesystemList = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    if (fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
		fsRecPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = fsRecPtr->prevPtr;
	    }

	    /*

	     * Increment the filesystem epoch counter, since existing paths
	     * might conceivably now belong to different filesystems. This
	     * should also ensure that paths which have cached the filesystem
	     * which is about to be deleted do not reference that filesystem
	     * (which would of course lead to memory exceptions).
	     */

	    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
		++theFilesystemEpoch;
	    }

	    ckfree(fsRecPtr);







|
<
|
>
|
<

<
<
<
>
|
<
|
|
|


|



|
>






|













<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<










|
















|
|
<
|
|
|


|



<
|
<
>














|
|
|















>
|
|
<
<
<







816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823

824
825
826

827



828
829

830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860













861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889

890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898

899

900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935



936
937
938
939
940
941
942
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSRegister --
 *
 *	Prepends to the list of registered fileystems a new FilesystemRecord

 *	for the given Tcl_Filesystem, which is added even if it is already in
 *	the list.  To determine whether the filesystem is already in the list,
 *	use Tcl_FSData().

 *



 *	Functions that use the list generally process it from head to tail and
 *	use the first filesystem that is suitable.  Therefore, when adding a

 *	diagnostic filsystem (one which simply reports all fs activity), it
 *	must be at the head of the list.  I.e. it must be the last one
 *	registered.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TCL_OK, or TCL_ERROR if memory for a new node in the list could
 *	not be allocated.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Allocates memory for a filesystem record and modifies the list of
 *	registered filesystems.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSRegister(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Client-specific data for this filesystem. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr)/* The filesystem record for the new fs. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *newFilesystemPtr;

    if (fsPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    newFilesystemPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FilesystemRecord));

    newFilesystemPtr->clientData = clientData;
    newFilesystemPtr->fsPtr = fsPtr;














    Tcl_MutexLock(&filesystemMutex);

    newFilesystemPtr->nextPtr = filesystemList;
    newFilesystemPtr->prevPtr = NULL;
    if (filesystemList) {
	filesystemList->prevPtr = newFilesystemPtr;
    }
    filesystemList = newFilesystemPtr;

    /*
     * Increment the filesystem epoch counter since existing pathnames might
     * conceivably now belong to different filesystems.
     */

    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
	++theFilesystemEpoch;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&filesystemMutex);

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSUnregister --
 *
 *	Removes the record for given filesystem from the list of registered
 *	filesystems. Refuses to remove the built-in (native) filesystem.  This

 *	might be changed in the future to allow a smaller Tcl core in which the
 *	native filesystem is not used at all, e.g. initializing Tcl over a
 *	network connection.
 *
 * Results:
 *	TCL_OK if the function pointer was successfully removed, or TCL_ERROR
 *	otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:

 *	The list of registered filesystems is updated.  Memory for the

 *	corresponding FilesystemRecord is eventually freed.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSUnregister(
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr)/* The filesystem record to remove. */
{
    int retVal = TCL_ERROR;
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&filesystemMutex);

    /*
     * Traverse filesystemList in search of the record whose
     * 'fsPtr' member matches 'fsPtr' and remove that record from the list.
     * Do not revmoe the record for the native filesystem.
     */

    fsRecPtr = filesystemList;
    while ((retVal == TCL_ERROR) && (fsRecPtr != &nativeFilesystemRecord)) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr == fsPtr) {
	    if (fsRecPtr->prevPtr) {
		fsRecPtr->prevPtr->nextPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
	    } else {
		filesystemList = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
	    }
	    if (fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
		fsRecPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = fsRecPtr->prevPtr;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Each cached pathname could now belong to a different filesystem,
	     * so increment the filesystem epoch counter to ensure that cached
	     * information about the removed filesystem is not used.



	     */

	    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
		++theFilesystemEpoch;
	    }

	    ckfree(fsRecPtr);
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008

1009
1010

1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016

1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025

1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036

1037



1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062

1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080

1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory --
 *
 *	This routine is used by the globbing code to search a directory for
 *	all files which match a given pattern. The appropriate function for
 *	the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs will be called. If pathPtr
 *	does not belong to any filesystem and if it is NULL or the empty
 *	string, then we assume the pattern is to be matched in the current
 *	working directory. To avoid have the Tcl_FSMatchInDirectoryProc for
 *	each filesystem from having to deal with this issue, we create a
 *	pathPtr on the fly (equal to the cwd), and then remove it from the
 *	results returned. This makes filesystems easy to write, since they can
 *	assume the pathPtr passed to them is an ordinary path. In fact this
 *	means we could remove such special case handling from Tcl's native
 *	filesystems.
 *
 *	If 'pattern' is NULL, then pathPtr is assumed to be a fully specified

 *	path of a single file/directory which must be checked for existence
 *	and correct type.

 *
 * Results:
 *
 *	The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error
 *	occurred in globbing. Error messages are placed in interp, but good
 *	results are placed in the resultPtr given.

 *
 *	Recursive searches, e.g.
 *		glob -dir $dir -join * pkgIndex.tcl
 *	which must recurse through each directory matching '*' are handled
 *	internally by Tcl, by passing specific flags in a modified 'types'
 *	parameter. This means the actual filesystem only ever sees patterns
 *	which match in a single directory.
 *
 * Side effects:

 *	The interpreter may have an error message inserted into it.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to receive error messages, but
				 * may be NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr,		/* List object to receive results. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Contains path to directory to search. */

    const char *pattern,	/* Pattern to match against. */



    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types)	/* Object containing list of acceptable types.
				 * May be NULL. In particular the directory
				 * flag is very important. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *cwd, *tmpResultPtr, **elemsPtr;
    int resLength, i, ret = -1;

    if (types != NULL && (types->type & TCL_GLOB_TYPE_MOUNT)) {
	/*
	 * We don't currently allow querying of mounts by external code (a
	 * valuable future step), so since we're the only function that
	 * actually knows about mounts, this means we're being called
	 * recursively by ourself. Return no matches.
	 */

	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (pathPtr != NULL) {
	fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    } else {
	fsPtr = NULL;
    }


    /*
     * Check if we've successfully mapped the path to a filesystem within
     * which to search.
     */

    if (fsPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	    return -1;
	}
	ret = fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc(interp, resultPtr, pathPtr, pattern,
		types);
	if (ret == TCL_OK && pattern != NULL) {
	    FsAddMountsToGlobResult(resultPtr, pathPtr, pattern, types);
	}
	return ret;
    }


    /*
     * If the path isn't empty, we have no idea how to match files in a
     * directory which belongs to no known filesystem.
     */

    if (pathPtr != NULL && TclGetString(pathPtr)[0] != '\0') {
	Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * We have an empty or NULL path. This is defined to mean we must search
     * for files within the current 'cwd'. We therefore use that, but then
     * since the proc we call will return results which include the cwd we
     * must then trim it off the front of each path in the result. We choose
     * to deal with this here (in the generic code), since if we don't, every
     * single filesystem's implementation of Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory will have
     * to deal with it for us.
     */

    cwd = Tcl_FSGetCwd(NULL);
    if (cwd == NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "glob couldn't determine the current working directory",







<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
>
|
<
>



<
<
<
>

<
<
<
<
<
<
<

>
|






|
|
|
|
>
|
>
>
>
|
|
|







|
|
|
|











>
|
|
<
|

<












>
|
<
|
|

<





|
|
|
<
|
|
<







952
953
954
955
956
957
958

959



960








961
962

963
964
965
966



967
968







969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014

1015
1016

1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030

1031
1032
1033

1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041

1042
1043

1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory --
 *

 *	Search in the given pathname for files matching the given pattern.



 *	Used by [glob].  Processes just one pattern for one directory.  Callers








 *	such as TclGlob and DoGlob implement manage the searching of multiple
 *	directories in cases such as  

 *		glob -dir $dir -join * pkgIndex.tcl
 *
 * Results:
 *



 *	TCL_OK, or TCL_ERROR
 *







 * Side effects:
 *	resultPtr is populated, or in the case of an TCL_ERROR, an error message is
 *	set in the interpreter.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to receive error messages, or
				 * NULL */
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr,		/* List that results are added to. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of directory to search. If NULL,
				 * the current working directory is used. */
    const char *pattern,	/* Pattern to match.  If NULL, pathPtr must be
				 * a fully-specified pathname of a single
				 * file/directory which already exists and is
				 * of the correct type. */
    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types)	/* Specifies acceptable types.
				 * May be NULL. The directory flag is
				 * particularly significant. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *cwd, *tmpResultPtr, **elemsPtr;
    int resLength, i, ret = -1;

    if (types != NULL && (types->type & TCL_GLOB_TYPE_MOUNT)) {
	/*
	 * Currently external callers may not query mounts, which would be a
	 * valuable future step. This is the only routine that knows about
	 * mounts, so we're being called recursively by ourself. Return no
	 * matches.
	 */

	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (pathPtr != NULL) {
	fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    } else {
	fsPtr = NULL;
    }

    if (fsPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * A corresponding filesystem was found. Search within it.

	 */


	if (fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc == NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	    return -1;
	}
	ret = fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc(interp, resultPtr, pathPtr, pattern,
		types);
	if (ret == TCL_OK && pattern != NULL) {
	    FsAddMountsToGlobResult(resultPtr, pathPtr, pattern, types);
	}
	return ret;
    }

    if (pathPtr != NULL && TclGetString(pathPtr)[0] != '\0') {
	/*

	 * There is a pathname but it belongs to no known filesystem. Mayday!
	 */


	Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * The pathname is empty or NULL so search in the current working
     * directory.  matchInDirectoryProc prefixes each result with this
     * directory, so trim it from each result.  Deal with this here in the

     * generic code because otherwise every filesystem implementation of
     * Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory has to do it.

     */

    cwd = Tcl_FSGetCwd(NULL);
    if (cwd == NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "glob couldn't determine the current working directory",
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpResultPtr);
	ret = fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc(interp, tmpResultPtr, cwd, pattern,
		types);
	if (ret == TCL_OK) {
	    FsAddMountsToGlobResult(tmpResultPtr, cwd, pattern, types);

	    /*
	     * Note that we know resultPtr and tmpResultPtr are distinct.
	     */

	    ret = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, tmpResultPtr,
		    &resLength, &elemsPtr);
	    for (i=0 ; ret==TCL_OK && i<resLength ; i++) {
		ret = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resultPtr,
			TclFSMakePathRelative(interp, elemsPtr[i], cwd));
	    }
	}
	TclDecrRefCount(tmpResultPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwd);
    return ret;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FsAddMountsToGlobResult --
 *
 *	This routine is used by the globbing code to take the results of a
 *	directory listing and add any mounted paths to that listing. This is
 *	required so that simple things like 'glob *' merge mounts and listings
 *	correctly.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Modifies the resultPtr.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
FsAddMountsToGlobResult(
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr,		/* The current list of matching paths; must
				 * not be shared! */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The directory in question. */
    const char *pattern,	/* Pattern to match against. */
    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types)	/* Object containing list of acceptable types.
				 * May be NULL. In particular the directory
				 * flag is very important. */
{
    int mLength, gLength, i;
    int dir = (types == NULL || (types->type & TCL_GLOB_TYPE_DIR));
    Tcl_Obj *mounts = FsListMounts(pathPtr, pattern);

    if (mounts == NULL) {
	return;







|



















<
<
|
|
|





|






|
|
|
|
|
|
|







1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085


1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpResultPtr);
	ret = fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc(interp, tmpResultPtr, cwd, pattern,
		types);
	if (ret == TCL_OK) {
	    FsAddMountsToGlobResult(tmpResultPtr, cwd, pattern, types);

	    /*
	     * resultPtr and tmpResultPtr are guaranteed to be distinct.
	     */

	    ret = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, tmpResultPtr,
		    &resLength, &elemsPtr);
	    for (i=0 ; ret==TCL_OK && i<resLength ; i++) {
		ret = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resultPtr,
			TclFSMakePathRelative(interp, elemsPtr[i], cwd));
	    }
	}
	TclDecrRefCount(tmpResultPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwd);
    return ret;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FsAddMountsToGlobResult --


 *	Adds any mounted pathnames to a set of results so that simple things
 *	like 'glob *' merge mounts and listings correctly.  Used by the
 *	Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Stores a result in resultPtr.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
FsAddMountsToGlobResult(
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr,		/* The current list of matching pathnames. Must
				 * not be shared. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The directory that was searched. */
    const char *pattern,	/* Pattern to match mounts against. */
    Tcl_GlobTypeData *types)	/* Acceptable types.  May be NULL. The
				 * directory flag is particularly significant.
				 */
{
    int mLength, gLength, i;
    int dir = (types == NULL || (types->type & TCL_GLOB_TYPE_DIR));
    Tcl_Obj *mounts = FsListMounts(pathPtr, pattern);

    if (mounts == NULL) {
	return;
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267

1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276

1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282

1283
1284
1285
1286

1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336

1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367

1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390

1391




1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453

1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502

1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525

1526
1527
1528



1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
	    }
	}
	if (!found && dir) {
	    Tcl_Obj *norm;
	    int len, mlen;

	    /*
	     * We know mElt is absolute normalized and lies inside pathPtr, so
	     * now we must add to the result the right representation of mElt,
	     * i.e. the representation which is relative to pathPtr.
	     */

	    norm = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(NULL, pathPtr);
	    if (norm != NULL) {
		const char *path, *mount;

		mount = TclGetStringFromObj(mElt, &mlen);
		path = TclGetStringFromObj(norm, &len);
		if (path[len-1] == '/') {
		    /*
		     * Deal with the root of the volume.
		     */

		    len--;
		}
		len++;		/* account for '/' in the mElt [Bug 1602539] */

		mElt = TclNewFSPathObj(pathPtr, mount + len, mlen - len
		    , TclFSPathEncoding(NULL, pathPtr));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, mElt);
	    }
	    /*
	     * No need to increment gLength, since we don't want to compare
	     * mounts against mounts.
	     */
	}
    }

  endOfMounts:
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(mounts);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSMountsChanged --
 *
 *	Notify the filesystem that the available mounted filesystems (or
 *	within any one filesystem type, the number or location of mount
 *	points) have changed.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The global filesystem variable 'theFilesystemEpoch' is incremented.
 *	The effect of this is to make all cached path representations invalid.
 *	Clearly it should only therefore be called when it is really required!
 *	There are a few circumstances when it should be called:
 *
 *	(1) when a new filesystem is registered or unregistered. Strictly
 *	speaking this is only necessary if the new filesystem accepts file
 *	paths as is (normally the filesystem itself is really a shell which
 *	hasn't yet had any mount points established and so its
 *	'pathInFilesystem' proc will always fail). However, for safety, Tcl
 *	always calls this for you in these circumstances.

 *
 *	(2) when additional mount points are established inside any existing
 *	filesystem (except the native fs)
 *
 *	(3) when any filesystem (except the native fs) changes the list of
 *	available volumes.
 *
 *	(4) when the mapping from a string representation of a file to a full,
 *	normalized path changes. For example, if 'env(HOME)' is modified, then

 *	any path containing '~' will map to a different filesystem location.
 *	Therefore all such paths need to have their internal representation
 *	invalidated.
 *
 *	Tcl has no control over (2) and (3), so any registered filesystem must
 *	make sure it calls this function when those situations occur.

 *
 *	(Note: the reason for the exception in 2,3 for the native filesystem
 *	is that the native filesystem by default claims all unknown files even
 *	if it really doesn't understand them or if they don't exist).

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tcl_FSMountsChanged(
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr)
{
    /*
     * We currently don't do anything with this parameter. We could in the
     * future only invalidate files for this filesystem or otherwise take more
     * advanced action.
     */

    (void)fsPtr;

    /*
     * Increment the filesystem epoch counter, since existing paths might now
     * belong to different filesystems.
     */

    Tcl_MutexLock(&filesystemMutex);
    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
	++theFilesystemEpoch;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&filesystemMutex);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSData --
 *
 *	Retrieve the clientData field for the filesystem given, or NULL if
 *	that filesystem is not registered.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A clientData value, or NULL. Note that if the filesystem was
 *	registered with a NULL clientData field, this function will return
 *	that NULL value.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

ClientData
Tcl_FSData(
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr) /* The filesystem record to query. */

{
    ClientData retVal = NULL;
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();

    /*
     * Traverse the list of filesystems look for a particular one. If found,
     * return that filesystem's clientData (originally provided when calling
     * Tcl_FSRegister).
     */

    while ((retVal == NULL) && (fsRecPtr != NULL)) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr == fsPtr) {
	    retVal = fsRecPtr->clientData;
	}
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }

    return retVal;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSNormalizeToUniquePath --
 *
 *	Takes a path specification containing no ../, ./ sequences, and
 *	converts it into a unique path for the given platform. On Unix, this
 *	means the path must be free of symbolic links/aliases, and on Windows
 *	it means we want the long form, with that long form's case-dependence
 *	(which gives us a unique, case-dependent path).
 *

 * Results:
 *	The pathPtr is modified in place. The return value is the last byte
 *	offset which was recognised in the path string.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None (beyond the memory allocation for the result).
 *
 * Special notes:
 *	If the filesystem-specific normalizePathProcs can re-introduce ../, ./
 *	sequences into the path, then this function will not return the
 *	correct result. This may be possible with symbolic links on unix.
 *
 *	Important assumption: if startAt is non-zero, it must point to a
 *	directory separator that we know exists and is already normalized (so
 *	it is important not to point to the char just after the separator).
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclFSNormalizeToUniquePath(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error messages. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The path to normalize in place. */

    int startAt)		/* Start at this char-offset. */




{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr, *firstFsRecPtr;

    int i;
    int isVfsPath = 0;
    const char *path;

    /*
     * Paths starting with a UNC prefix whose final character is a colon
     * are reserved for VFS use.  These names can not conflict with real
     * UNC paths per https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg465305.aspx
     * and rfc3986's definition of reg-name.
     *
     * We check these first to avoid useless calls to the native filesystem's
     * normalizePathProc.
     */
    path = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &i);

    if ( (i >= 3) && ( (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == '/')
		    || (path[0] == '\\' && path[1] == '\\') ) ) {
	for ( i = 2; ; i++) {
	    if (path[i] == '\0') break;
	    if (path[i] == path[0]) break;
	}
	--i;
	if (path[i] == ':') isVfsPath = 1;
    }

    /*
     * Call each of the "normalise path" functions in succession.
     */
    firstFsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();

    Claim();

    if (!isVfsPath) {

	/*
	 * If we have a native filesystem handler, we call it first.  This is
	 * because the root of Tcl's filesystem is always a native filesystem
	 * (i.e., '/' on unix is native).
	 */

	for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * TODO: Assume that we always find the native file system; it should
	     * always be there...
	     */

	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
		startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
			startAt);
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {

	/*
	 * Skip the native system next time through.
	 */

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr == &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	    continue;
	}

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
	    startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
		    startAt);
	}

	/*
	 * We could add an efficiency check like this:
	 *		if (retVal == length-of(pathPtr)) {break;}
	 * but there's not much benefit.
	 */
    }
    Disclaim();

    return startAt;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetOpenMode --
 *
 *	This routine is an obsolete, limited version of TclGetOpenModeEx()
 *	below. It exists only to satisfy any extensions imprudently using it
 *	via Tcl's internal stubs table.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Same as TclGetOpenModeEx().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Same as TclGetOpenModeEx().
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclGetOpenMode(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting -
				 * may be NULL. */
    const char *modeString,	/* Mode string, e.g. "r+" or "RDONLY CREAT" */
    int *seekFlagPtr)		/* Set this to 1 if the caller should seek to
				 * EOF during the opening of the file. */

{
    int binary = 0;
    return TclGetOpenModeEx(interp, modeString, seekFlagPtr, &binary);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetOpenModeEx --
 *
 *	Computes a POSIX mode mask for opening a file, from a given string,
 *	and also sets flags to indicate whether the caller should seek to EOF
 *	after opening the file, and whether the caller should configure the
 *	channel for binary data.
 *
 * Results:
 *	On success, returns mode to pass to "open". If an error occurs, the
 *	return value is -1 and if interp is not NULL, sets interp's result
 *	object to an error message.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets the integer referenced by seekFlagPtr to 1 to tell the caller to
 *	seek to EOF after opening the file, or to 0 otherwise. Sets the

 *	integer referenced by binaryPtr to 1 to tell the caller to seek to
 *	configure the channel for binary data, or to 0 otherwise.
 *



 * Special note:
 *	This code is based on a prototype implementation contributed by Mark
 *	Diekhans.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclGetOpenModeEx(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting -
				 * may be NULL. */
    const char *modeString,	/* Mode string, e.g. "r+" or "RDONLY CREAT" */
    int *seekFlagPtr,		/* Set this to 1 if the caller should seek to
				 * EOF during the opening of the file. */
    int *binaryPtr)		/* Set this to 1 if the caller should
				 * configure the opened channel for binary
				 * operations. */
{
    int mode, modeArgc, c, i, gotRW;
    const char **modeArgv, *flag;
#define RW_MODES (O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)

    /*
     * Check for the simpler fopen-like access modes (e.g., "r"). They are
     * distinguished from the POSIX access modes by the presence of a
     * lower-case first letter.
     */

    *seekFlagPtr = 0;
    *binaryPtr = 0;
    mode = 0;

    /*
     * Guard against international characters before using byte oriented
     * routines.
     */

    if (!(modeString[0] & 0x80)
	    && islower(UCHAR(modeString[0]))) { /* INTL: ISO only. */
	switch (modeString[0]) {
	case 'r':
	    mode = O_RDONLY;
	    break;
	case 'w':
	    mode = O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC;
	    break;
	case 'a':
	    /*
	     * Added O_APPEND for proper automatic seek-to-end-on-write by the
	     * OS. [Bug 680143]
	     */

	    mode = O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_APPEND;
	    *seekFlagPtr = 1;
	    break;
	default:
	    goto error;
	}
	i = 1;
	while (i<3 && modeString[i]) {
	    if (modeString[i] == modeString[i-1]) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    switch (modeString[i++]) {
	    case '+':
		/*
		 * Must remove the O_APPEND flag so that the seek command
		 * works. [Bug 1773127]
		 */

		mode &= ~(O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_APPEND);
		mode |= O_RDWR;
		break;
	    case 'b':
		*binaryPtr = 1;







|
|
|
















<
|
<



|
<













|
<
|





|
|
|
<

|
|
|
|
|
<
>

|
|

|
|

|
|
>
|
<
<

|
<
>

|
|
<
>









<
|
|





|
|














|
<


|
|
<









|
>





|
<
<

















|
|
|
|
<

>

|
|






|
|

<
<
<







|
>
|
>
>
>
>








|
|
|
|

















|








|










|
|











>
|
|
|
<
<









|














|
|
|


|


|






|
|
|
|
|
>










|
<
<
<


|
<
<


|
|
>
|
|

>
>
>

|
<






|
|

|
|
|
|
|






|









|
<













|

















|
|







1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170

1171

1172
1173
1174
1175

1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189

1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198

1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204

1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216


1217
1218

1219
1220
1221
1222

1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232

1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256

1257
1258
1259
1260

1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277


1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298

1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312



1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392


1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448



1449
1450
1451


1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464

1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495

1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
	    }
	}
	if (!found && dir) {
	    Tcl_Obj *norm;
	    int len, mlen;

	    /*
	     * mElt is normalized and lies inside pathPtr so
	     * add to the result the right representation of mElt,
	     * i.e. the representation relative to pathPtr.
	     */

	    norm = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(NULL, pathPtr);
	    if (norm != NULL) {
		const char *path, *mount;

		mount = TclGetStringFromObj(mElt, &mlen);
		path = TclGetStringFromObj(norm, &len);
		if (path[len-1] == '/') {
		    /*
		     * Deal with the root of the volume.
		     */

		    len--;
		}
		len++;		/* account for '/' in the mElt [Bug 1602539] */

		mElt = TclNewFSPathObj(pathPtr, mount + len, mlen - len);

		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, mElt);
	    }
	    /*
	     * Not comparing mounts to mounts, so no need to increment gLength

	     */
	}
    }

  endOfMounts:
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(mounts);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSMountsChanged --
 *
 *	Announecs that mount points have changed or that the system encoding

 *	has changed.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The shared 'theFilesystemEpoch' is incremented, invalidating every
 *	exising cached internal representation of a pathname.  Avoid calling
 *	Tcl_FSMountsChanged whenever possible.  It must be called when:

 *
 *	(1) A filesystem is registered or unregistered. This is only necessary
 *	if the new filesystem accepts file pathnames as-is.  Normally the
 *	filesystem is really a shell which doesn't yet have any mount points
 *	established and so its 'pathInFilesystem' routine always fails.
 *	However, for safety, Tcl calls 'Tcl_FSMountsChanged' each time a

 *	filesystem is registered or unregistered.
 *
 *	(2) An additional mount point is established inside an existing
 *	filesystem (except for the native file system; see note below).
 *
 *	(3) A filesystem changes the list of available volumes (except for the
 *	native file system; see note below).
 *
 *	(4) The mapping from a string representation of a file to a full,
 *	normalized pathname changes. For example, if 'env(HOME)' is modified,
 *	then any pathname containing '~' maps to a different item, possibly in
 *	a different filesystem.


 *
 *	Tcl has no control over (2) and (3), so each registered filesystem must

 *	call Tcl_FSMountsChnaged in each of those circumstances.
 *
 *	The reason for the exception in 2,3 for the native filesystem is that
 *	the native filesystem claims every file without determining whether

 *	whether the file exists, or even whether the pathname makes sense. 
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tcl_FSMountsChanged(
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr)
{
    /*

     * fsPtr is currently unused.  In the future it might invalidate files for
     * a particular filesystem, or take some other more advanced action.
     */

    (void)fsPtr;

    /*
     * Increment the filesystem epoch to invalidate every existing cached
     * internal representation. 
     */

    Tcl_MutexLock(&filesystemMutex);
    if (++theFilesystemEpoch == 0) {
	++theFilesystemEpoch;
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&filesystemMutex);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSData --
 *
 *	Retrieves the clientData member of the given filesystem.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A clientData value, or NULL if the given filesystem is not registered.
 *	The clientData value itself may also be NULL.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

ClientData
Tcl_FSData(
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr) /* The filesystem to find in the list of
				  *  registered filesystems. */
{
    ClientData retVal = NULL;
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();

    /*
     * Find the filesystem in and retrieve its clientData.


     */

    while ((retVal == NULL) && (fsRecPtr != NULL)) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr == fsPtr) {
	    retVal = fsRecPtr->clientData;
	}
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }

    return retVal;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSNormalizeToUniquePath --
 *
 *	Converts the given pathname, containing no ../, ./ components, into a
 *	unique pathname for the given platform. On Unix the resulting pathname
 *	is free of symbolic links/aliases, and on Windows it is the long
 *	case-preserving form.

 *
 *
 * Results:
 *	Stores the resulting pathname in pathPtr and returns the offset of the
 *	last byte processed in pathPtr.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None (beyond the memory allocation for the result).
 *
 * Special notes:
 *	If the filesystem-specific normalizePathProcs can re-introduce ../, ./
 *	components into the pathname, this function does not return the correct
 *	result. This may be possible with symbolic links on unix.
 *



 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclFSNormalizeToUniquePath(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error messages. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* An Pathname to normalize in-place.  Must be
				 * unshared. */
    int startAt)		/* Offset the string of pathPtr to start at.
				 * Must either be 0 or offset of a directory
				 * separator at the end of a pathname part that
				 * is already normalized, I.e. not the index of
				 * the byte just after the separator.  */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr, *firstFsRecPtr;

    int i;
    int isVfsPath = 0;
    const char *path;

    /*
     * Pathnames starting with a UNC prefix and ending with a colon character
     * are reserved for VFS use.  These names can not conflict with real UNC
     * pathnames per https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/gg465305.aspx and
     * rfc3986's definition of reg-name.
     *
     * We check these first to avoid useless calls to the native filesystem's
     * normalizePathProc.
     */
    path = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &i);

    if ( (i >= 3) && ( (path[0] == '/' && path[1] == '/')
		    || (path[0] == '\\' && path[1] == '\\') ) ) {
	for ( i = 2; ; i++) {
	    if (path[i] == '\0') break;
	    if (path[i] == path[0]) break;
	}
	--i;
	if (path[i] == ':') isVfsPath = 1;
    }

    /*
     * Call the the normalizePathProc routine of each registered filesystem.
     */
    firstFsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();

    Claim();

    if (!isVfsPath) {

	/*
	 * Find and call the native filesystem handler first if there is one
	 * because the root of Tcl's filesystem is always a native filesystem
	 * (i.e., '/' on unix is native).
	 */

	for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * TODO: Always call the normalizePathProc here because it should
	     * always exist.
	     */

	    if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
		startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
			startAt);
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    for (fsRecPtr=firstFsRecPtr; fsRecPtr!=NULL; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr == &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	    /*
	     * Skip the native system this time through.
	     */


	    continue;
	}

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc != NULL) {
	    startAt = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->normalizePathProc(interp, pathPtr,
		    startAt);
	}

	/*
	 * This efficiency check could be added:
	 *		if (retVal == length-of(pathPtr)) {break;}
	 * but there's not much benefit.
	 */
    }
    Disclaim();

    return startAt;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetOpenMode --
 *
 *	Obsolete.  A limited version of TclGetOpenModeEx() which exists only to
 *	satisfy any extensions imprudently using it via Tcl's internal stubs
 *	table.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See TclGetOpenModeEx().
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See TclGetOpenModeEx().
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclGetOpenMode(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for error reporting.  May
				 *  be NULL. */
    const char *modeString,	/* e.g. "r+" or "RDONLY CREAT". */
    int *seekFlagPtr)		/* Sets this to 1 to tell the caller to seek to
				   EOF after opening the file, and
				 * 0 otherwise. */
{
    int binary = 0;
    return TclGetOpenModeEx(interp, modeString, seekFlagPtr, &binary);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetOpenModeEx --
 *
 *	Computes a POSIX mode mask for opening a file.



 *
 * Results:
 *	The mode to pass to "open", or -1 if an error occurs.


 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets *seekFlagPtr to 1 to tell the caller to
 *	seek to EOF after opening the file, or to 0 otherwise.
 *
 *	Sets *binaryPtr to 1 to tell the caller to configure the channel as a
 *	binary channel, or to 0 otherwise.
 *
 *	If there is an error and interp is not NULL, sets interpreter result to
 *	an error message.
 *
 * Special note:
 *	Based on a prototype implementation contributed by Mark Diekhans.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclGetOpenModeEx(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter, possibly NULL, to use for
				 * error reporting. */
    const char *modeString,	/* Mode string, e.g. "r+" or "RDONLY CREAT" */
    int *seekFlagPtr,		/* Sets this to 1 to tell the the caller to seek to
				 * EOF after opening the file, and 0 otherwise. */
    int *binaryPtr)		/* Sets this to 1 to tell the caller to 
				 * configure the channel for binary
				 * operations after opening the file. */
{
    int mode, modeArgc, c, i, gotRW;
    const char **modeArgv, *flag;
#define RW_MODES (O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)

    /*
     * Check for the simpler fopen-like access modes like "r" which are
     * distinguished from the POSIX access modes by the presence of a
     * lower-case first letter.
     */

    *seekFlagPtr = 0;
    *binaryPtr = 0;
    mode = 0;

    /*
     * Guard against wide characters before using byte-oriented routines.

     */

    if (!(modeString[0] & 0x80)
	    && islower(UCHAR(modeString[0]))) { /* INTL: ISO only. */
	switch (modeString[0]) {
	case 'r':
	    mode = O_RDONLY;
	    break;
	case 'w':
	    mode = O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC;
	    break;
	case 'a':
	    /*
	     * Add O_APPEND for proper automatic seek-to-end-on-write by the
	     * OS. [Bug 680143]
	     */

	    mode = O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_APPEND;
	    *seekFlagPtr = 1;
	    break;
	default:
	    goto error;
	}
	i = 1;
	while (i<3 && modeString[i]) {
	    if (modeString[i] == modeString[i-1]) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    switch (modeString[i++]) {
	    case '+':
		/*
		 * Remove O_APPEND so that the seek command works. [Bug
		 * 1773127]
		 */

		mode &= ~(O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_APPEND);
		mode |= O_RDWR;
		break;
	    case 'b':
		*binaryPtr = 1;
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "illegal access mode \"%s\"", modeString));
	}
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * The access modes are specified using a list of POSIX modes such as
     * O_CREAT.
     *
     * IMPORTANT NOTE: We rely on Tcl_SplitList working correctly when a NULL
     * interpreter is passed in.
     */

    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, modeString, &modeArgc, &modeArgv) != TCL_OK) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
		    "\n    while processing open access modes \"");
	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, modeString);







|
<

|
<







1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557

1558
1559

1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "illegal access mode \"%s\"", modeString));
	}
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * The access modes are specified as a list of POSIX modes like O_CREAT.

     *
     * Tcl_SplitList must work correctly when interp is NULL.

     */

    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, modeString, &modeArgc, &modeArgv) != TCL_OK) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
		    "\n    while processing open access modes \"");
	    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, modeString);
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724

1725

1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744

1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753

1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSEvalFile, Tcl_FSEvalFileEx, TclNREvalFile --
 *
 *	Read in a file and process the entire file as one gigantic Tcl

 *	command. Tcl_FSEvalFile is Tcl_FSEvalFileEx without encoding argument.

 *	TclNREvalFile is an NRE-enabled version of Tcl_FSEvalFileEx.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result, which is either the result of executing the
 *	file or an error indicating why the file couldn't be read.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Depends on the commands in the file. During the evaluation of the
 *	contents of the file, iPtr->scriptFile is made to point to pathPtr
 *	(the old value is cached and replaced when this function returns).
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSEvalFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to process file. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)		/* Path of file to process. Tilde-substitution
				 * will be performed on this name. */

{
    return Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(interp, pathPtr, NULL);
}

int
Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to process file. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path of file to process. Tilde-substitution
				 * will be performed on this name. */

    const char *encodingName)	/* If non-NULL, then use this encoding for the
				 * file. NULL means use the system encoding. */
{
    int length, result = TCL_ERROR;
    Tcl_StatBuf statBuf;
    Tcl_Obj *oldScriptFile;
    Interp *iPtr;
    const char *string;
    Tcl_Channel chan;







|
>
|
>







|
|
|






|
|
|
>






|
|
|
>
|
|







1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSEvalFile, Tcl_FSEvalFileEx, TclNREvalFile --
 *
 *	Reads a file and evaluates it as a script.
 *
 *	Tcl_FSEvalFile is Tcl_FSEvalFileEx without the encoding argument.
 *
 *	TclNREvalFile is an NRE-enabled version of Tcl_FSEvalFileEx.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result, which is either the result of executing the
 *	file or an error indicating why the file couldn't be read.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Arbitrary, depending on the contents of the script.  While the script
 *	is evaluated iPtr->scriptFile is a reference to pathPtr, and after the
 *	evaluation completes, has its original value restored again.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSEvalFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter that evaluates the script. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)		/* Pathname of file containing the script.
				 * Tilde-substitution is performed on this
				 * pathname. */
{
    return Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(interp, pathPtr, NULL);
}

int
Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter that evaluates the script. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file to process.
				 * Tilde-substitution is performed on this
				 * pathname. */
    const char *encodingName)	/* Either the name of an encoding or NULL to
				   use the system encoding. */
{
    int length, result = TCL_ERROR;
    Tcl_StatBuf statBuf;
    Tcl_Obj *oldScriptFile;
    Interp *iPtr;
    const char *string;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793

1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return result;
    }

    /*
     * The eofchar is \32 (^Z). This is the usual on Windows, but we effect
     * this cross-platform to allow for scripted documents. [Bug: 2040]
     */

    Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-eofchar", "\32 {}");

    /*
     * If the encoding is specified, set it for the channel. Else don't touch
     * it (and use the system encoding) Report error on unknown encoding.

     */

    if (encodingName != NULL) {
	if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-encoding", encodingName)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_Close(interp,chan);
	    return result;
	}
    }

    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Try to read first character of stream, so we can check for utf-8 BOM to
     * be handled especially.
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	goto end;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters,
     * otherwise replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",







|
|





|
|
>














|
<












|
|







1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743

1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return result;
    }

    /*
     * The eof character is \32 (^Z). This is standard on Windows, and Tcl 
     * uses it on every platform to allow for scripted documents. [Bug: 2040]
     */

    Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-eofchar", "\32 {}");

    /*
     * If the encoding is specified, set the channel to that encoding.
     * Otherwise don't touch it, leaving things up to the system encoding.  If
     * the encoding is unknown report an error.
     */

    if (encodingName != NULL) {
	if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-encoding", encodingName)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_Close(interp,chan);
	    return result;
	}
    }

    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Read first character of stream to check for utf-8 BOM

     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	goto end;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters.
     * Otherwise, replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854

1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888

1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
    iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    oldScriptFile = iPtr->scriptFile;
    iPtr->scriptFile = pathPtr;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);
    string = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);

    /*
     * TIP #280 Force the evaluator to open a frame for a sourced file.
     */

    iPtr->evalFlags |= TCL_EVAL_FILE;
    result = TclEvalEx(interp, string, length, 0, 1, NULL, string);

    /*
     * Now we have to be careful; the script may have changed the
     * iPtr->scriptFile value, so we must reset it without assuming it still

     * points to 'pathPtr'.
     */

    if (iPtr->scriptFile != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);
    }
    iPtr->scriptFile = oldScriptFile;

    if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
    } else if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	/*
	 * Record information telling where the error occurred.
	 */

	const char *pathString = TclGetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &length);
	int limit = 150;
	int overflow = (length > limit);

	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"\n    (file \"%.*s%s\" line %d)",
		(overflow ? limit : length), pathString,
		(overflow ? "..." : ""), Tcl_GetErrorLine(interp)));
    }

  end:
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    return result;
}

int
TclNREvalFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to process file. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path of file to process. Tilde-substitution

				 * will be performed on this name. */
    const char *encodingName)	/* If non-NULL, then use this encoding for the
				 * file. NULL means use the system encoding. */
{
    Tcl_StatBuf statBuf;
    Tcl_Obj *oldScriptFile, *objPtr;
    Interp *iPtr;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    const char *string;








|






<
|
>
|











|



















|
|
>
|
|
|







1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786

1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
    iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    oldScriptFile = iPtr->scriptFile;
    iPtr->scriptFile = pathPtr;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);
    string = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);

    /*
     * TIP #280:  Open a frame for the evaluated script.
     */

    iPtr->evalFlags |= TCL_EVAL_FILE;
    result = TclEvalEx(interp, string, length, 0, 1, NULL, string);

    /*

     * Restore the original iPtr->scriptFile value, but because the value may
     * have hanged during evaluation, don't assume it currently points to
     * pathPtr.
     */

    if (iPtr->scriptFile != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);
    }
    iPtr->scriptFile = oldScriptFile;

    if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
    } else if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	/*
	 * Record information about where the error occurred.
	 */

	const char *pathString = TclGetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &length);
	int limit = 150;
	int overflow = (length > limit);

	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"\n    (file \"%.*s%s\" line %d)",
		(overflow ? limit : length), pathString,
		(overflow ? "..." : ""), Tcl_GetErrorLine(interp)));
    }

  end:
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    return result;
}

int
TclNREvalFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter in which to evaluate the script. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of a file containing the script to
				 * evaluate. Tilde-substitution is performed on
				 * this pathname. */
    const char *encodingName)	/* The name of an encoding to use, or NULL to
				 *  use the system encoding. */
{
    Tcl_StatBuf statBuf;
    Tcl_Obj *oldScriptFile, *objPtr;
    Interp *iPtr;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    const char *string;

1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928

1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TclPkgFileSeen(interp, Tcl_GetString(pathPtr));

    /*
     * The eofchar is \32 (^Z). This is the usual on Windows, but we effect
     * this cross-platform to allow for scripted documents. [Bug: 2040]
     */

    Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-eofchar", "\32 {}");

    /*
     * If the encoding is specified, set it for the channel. Else don't touch
     * it (and use the system encoding) Report error on unknown encoding.

     */

    if (encodingName != NULL) {
	if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-encoding", encodingName)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_Close(interp,chan);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Try to read first character of stream, so we can check for utf-8 BOM to
     * be handled especially.
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters,
     * otherwise replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",







|
|





|
|
>














|
<













|
|







1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879

1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    TclPkgFileSeen(interp, Tcl_GetString(pathPtr));

    /*
     * The eof character is \32 (^Z). This is standard on Windows, and Tcl 
     * uses it on every platform to allow for scripted documents. [Bug: 2040]
     */

    Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-eofchar", "\32 {}");

    /*
     * If the encoding is specified, set the channel to that encoding.
     * Otherwise don't touch it, leaving things up to the system encoding.  If
     * the encoding is unknown report an error.
     */

    if (encodingName != NULL) {
	if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-encoding", encodingName)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_Close(interp,chan);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);

    /*
     * Read first character of stream to check for utf-8 BOM

     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, 1, 0) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
		Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);

    /*
     * If first character is not a BOM, append the remaining characters.
     * Otherwise, replace them. [Bug 3466099]
     */

    if (Tcl_ReadChars(chan, objPtr, -1,
	    memcmp(string, "\xef\xbb\xbf", 3)) == TCL_IO_FAILURE) {
	Tcl_Close(interp, chan);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"couldn't read file \"%s\": %s",
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005

2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025

    iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    oldScriptFile = iPtr->scriptFile;
    iPtr->scriptFile = pathPtr;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);

    /*
     * TIP #280: Force the evaluator to open a frame for a sourced file.
     */

    iPtr->evalFlags |= TCL_EVAL_FILE;
    TclNRAddCallback(interp, EvalFileCallback, oldScriptFile, pathPtr, objPtr,
	    NULL);
    return TclNREvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0, NULL, INT_MIN);
}

static int
EvalFileCallback(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Tcl_Obj *oldScriptFile = data[0];
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = data[1];
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = data[2];

    /*
     * Now we have to be careful; the script may have changed the
     * iPtr->scriptFile value, so we must reset it without assuming it still

     * points to 'pathPtr'.
     */

    if (iPtr->scriptFile != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);
    }
    iPtr->scriptFile = oldScriptFile;

    if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
    } else if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	/*
	 * Record information telling where the error occurred.
	 */

	int length;
	const char *pathString = TclGetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &length);
	const int limit = 150;
	int overflow = (length > limit);








|




















<
|
>
|











|







1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938

1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960

    iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    oldScriptFile = iPtr->scriptFile;
    iPtr->scriptFile = pathPtr;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);

    /*
     * TIP #280:  Open a frame for the evaluated script.
     */

    iPtr->evalFlags |= TCL_EVAL_FILE;
    TclNRAddCallback(interp, EvalFileCallback, oldScriptFile, pathPtr, objPtr,
	    NULL);
    return TclNREvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0, NULL, INT_MIN);
}

static int
EvalFileCallback(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    Tcl_Obj *oldScriptFile = data[0];
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr = data[1];
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = data[2];

    /*

     * Restore the original iPtr->scriptFile value, but because the value may
     * have hanged during evaluation, don't assume it currently points to
     * pathPtr.
     */

    if (iPtr->scriptFile != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(iPtr->scriptFile);
    }
    iPtr->scriptFile = oldScriptFile;

    if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
    } else if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	/*
	 * Record information about where the error occurred.
	 */

	int length;
	const char *pathString = TclGetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &length);
	const int limit = 150;
	int overflow = (length > limit);

2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133

2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151

2152

2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166

2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184

2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205


2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262


2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_GetErrno --
 *
 *	Gets the current value of the Tcl error code variable. This is
 *	currently the global variable "errno" but could in the future change
 *	to something else.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The value of the Tcl error code variable.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None. Note that the value of the Tcl error code variable is UNDEFINED
 *	if a call to Tcl_SetErrno did not precede this call.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_GetErrno(void)
{
    /*
     * On some platforms, errno is really a thread local (implemented by the C
     * library).
     */

    return errno;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_SetErrno --
 *
 *	Sets the Tcl error code variable to the supplied value. On some saner
 *	platforms this is actually a thread-local (this is implemented in the
 *	C library) but this is *really* unsafe to assume!
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Modifies the value of the Tcl error code variable.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tcl_SetErrno(
    int err)			/* The new value. */
{
    /*
     * On some platforms, errno is really a thread local (implemented by the C
     * library).
     */

    errno = err;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_PosixError --
 *
 *	This function is typically called after UNIX kernel calls return
 *	errors. It stores machine-readable information about the error in
 *	errorCode field of interp and returns an information string for the
 *	caller's use.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The return value is a human-readable string describing the error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The errorCode field of the interp is set.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

const char *
Tcl_PosixError(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter whose errorCode field is to be
				 * set. */
{
    const char *id, *msg;

    msg = Tcl_ErrnoMsg(errno);
    id = Tcl_ErrnoId();
    if (interp) {
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "POSIX", id, msg, NULL);
    }
    return msg;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSStat --

 *
 *	This function replaces the library version of stat and lsat.
 *
 *	The appropriate function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs
 *	will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See stat documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See stat documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSStat(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path of file to stat (in current CP). */

    Tcl_StatBuf *buf)		/* Filled with results of stat call. */

{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->statProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->statProc(pathPtr, buf);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSLstat --

 *
 *	This function replaces the library version of lstat. The appropriate
 *	function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs will be called.
 *	If no 'lstat' function is listed, but a 'stat' function is, then Tcl
 *	will fall back on the stat function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See lstat documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See lstat documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSLstat(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path of file to stat (in current CP). */

    Tcl_StatBuf *buf)		/* Filled with results of stat call. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsPtr->lstatProc != NULL) {
	    return fsPtr->lstatProc(pathPtr, buf);
	}
	if (fsPtr->statProc != NULL) {
	    return fsPtr->statProc(pathPtr, buf);
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSAccess --
 *


 *	This function replaces the library version of access. The appropriate
 *	function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See access documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See access documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSAccess(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path of file to access (in current CP). */
    int mode)			/* Permission setting. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->accessProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->accessProc(pathPtr, mode);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel --
 *
 *	The appropriate function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs
 *	will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The new channel or NULL, if the named file could not be opened.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	May open the channel and may cause creation of a file on the file
 *	system.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Channel
Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting; can be
				 * NULL. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Name of file to open. */
    const char *modeString,	/* A list of POSIX open modes or a string such
				 * as "rw". */
    int permissions)		/* If the open involves creating a file, with
				 * what modes to create it? */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;
    Tcl_Channel retVal = NULL;



    /*
     * We need this just to ensure we return the correct error messages under
     * some circumstances.
     */

    if (Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(interp, pathPtr) == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->openFileChannelProc != NULL) {
	int mode, seekFlag, binary;

	/*
	 * Parse the mode, picking up whether we want to seek to start with
	 * and/or set the channel automatically into binary mode.
	 */

	mode = TclGetOpenModeEx(interp, modeString, &seekFlag, &binary);
	if (mode == -1) {
	    return NULL;
	}

	/*
	 * Do the actual open() call.
	 */

	retVal = fsPtr->openFileChannelProc(interp, pathPtr, mode,
		permissions);
	if (retVal == NULL) {
	    return NULL;
	}

	/*
	 * Apply appropriate flags parsed out above.
	 */

	if (seekFlag && Tcl_Seek(retVal, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_END)
		< (Tcl_WideInt) 0) {
	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"could not seek to end of file while opening \"%s\": %s",







<
|



|


|
|








|
|










|
|
|





|









|
|










|
|
<
<


|


|






|
<















>

|

<
<












|
>
|
>














>

|
<
|
|












|
>
|




















>
>
|
<












|
















|
|


|


|
|






|
<
|


|
|




>
>
|
|
<
|
<
<








|
|








|









|







1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975

1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036


2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049

2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068


2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101

2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141

2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186

2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199

2200


2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_GetErrno --
 *

 *	Currently the global variable "errno", but could in the future change
 *	to something else.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The current Tcl error number.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None. The value of the Tcl error code variable is only defined if it
 *	was set by a previous call to Tcl_SetErrno.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_GetErrno(void)
{
    /*
     * On some platforms errno is thread-local, as implemented by the C
     * library.
     */

    return errno;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_SetErrno --
 *
 *	Sets the Tcl error code to the given value. On some saner platforms
 *	this is implemented in the C library as a thread-local value , but this
 *	is *really* unsafe to assume!
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Modifies the the Tcl error code value.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
Tcl_SetErrno(
    int err)			/* The new value. */
{
    /*
     * On some platforms, errno is implemented by the C library as a thread
     * local value
     */

    errno = err;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_PosixError --
 *
 *	Typically called after a UNIX kernel call returns an error.  Sets the
 *	interpreter errorCode to machine-parsable information about the error.


 *
 * Results:
 *	A human-readable sring describing the error.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets the errorCode value of the interpreter.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

const char *
Tcl_PosixError(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter to set the errorCode of */

{
    const char *id, *msg;

    msg = Tcl_ErrnoMsg(errno);
    id = Tcl_ErrnoId();
    if (interp) {
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "POSIX", id, msg, NULL);
    }
    return msg;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSStat --
 *	Calls 'statProc' of the filesystem corresponding to pathPtr. 
 *
 *	Replaces the standard library routines stat.
 *


 *
 * Results:
 *	See stat documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See stat documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSStat(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file to call stat on (in
				 *  current CP). */
    Tcl_StatBuf *buf)		/* A buffer to hold the results of the call to
				 *  stat. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->statProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->statProc(pathPtr, buf);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSLstat --
 *	Calls the 'lstatProc' of the filesystem corresponding to pathPtr. 
 *
 *	Replaces the library version of lstat.  If the filesystem doesn't

 *	provide lstatProc but does provide statProc, Tcl falls back to
 *	statProc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See lstat documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See lstat documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSLstat(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file to call stat on (in
				   current CP). */
    Tcl_StatBuf *buf)		/* Filled with results of that call to stat. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsPtr->lstatProc != NULL) {
	    return fsPtr->lstatProc(pathPtr, buf);
	}
	if (fsPtr->statProc != NULL) {
	    return fsPtr->statProc(pathPtr, buf);
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSAccess --
 *
 *	Calls 'accessProc' of the filesystem corresponding to pathPtr.
 *
 *	Replaces the library version of access.

 *
 * Results:
 *	See access documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See access documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSAccess(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of file to access (in current CP). */
    int mode)			/* Permission setting. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->accessProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->accessProc(pathPtr, mode);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel --
 *
 *	Calls 'openfileChannelProc' of the filesystem corresponding to
 *	pathPtr.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The new channel, or NULL if the named file could not be opened.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Opens a channel, possibly creating the corresponding the file on the
 *	filesystem.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Channel
Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting, or NULL */

    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of file to open. */
    const char *modeString,	/* A list of POSIX open modes or a string such
				 * as "rw". */
    int permissions)		/* What modes to use if opening the file
				   involves creating it. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;
    Tcl_Channel retVal = NULL;


    if (Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(interp, pathPtr) == NULL) {
	/*
	 * Return the correct error message. 

	 */


	return NULL;
    }

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->openFileChannelProc != NULL) {
	int mode, seekFlag, binary;

	/*
	 * Parse the mode to determine whether to seek at the outset
	 * and/or set the channel into binary mode.
	 */

	mode = TclGetOpenModeEx(interp, modeString, &seekFlag, &binary);
	if (mode == -1) {
	    return NULL;
	}

	/*
	 * Open the file.
	 */

	retVal = fsPtr->openFileChannelProc(interp, pathPtr, mode,
		permissions);
	if (retVal == NULL) {
	    return NULL;
	}

	/*
	 * Seek and/or set binary mode as determined above.
	 */

	if (seekFlag && Tcl_Seek(retVal, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_END)
		< (Tcl_WideInt) 0) {
	    if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"could not seek to end of file while opening \"%s\": %s",
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333



2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSUtime --
 *



 *	This function replaces the library version of utime. The appropriate
 *	function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See utime documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See utime documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSUtime(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* File to change access/modification
				 * times. */
    struct utimbuf *tval)	/* Structure containing access/modification
				 * times to use. Should not be modified. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->utimeProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->utimeProc(pathPtr, tval);
    }
    /* TODO: set errno here? Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT); */
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFileAttrStrings --
 *
 *	This function implements the platform dependent 'file attributes'
 *	subcommand, for the native filesystem, for listing the set of possible
 *	attribute strings. This function is part of Tcl's native filesystem
 *	support, and is placed here because it is shared by Unix and Windows
 *	code.
 *
 * Results:
 *	An array of strings
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *







>
>
>
|
<












|
<
|
















|
|
|
|
<







2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269

2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282

2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303

2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSUtime --
 *
 *	Calls 'uTimeProc' of the filesystem corresponding to the given
 *	pathname.
 *
 *	Replaces the library version of utime.

 *
 * Results:
 *	See utime documentation.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See utime documentation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSUtime(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathaname of file to call uTimeProc on */

    struct utimbuf *tval)	/* Specifies the access/modification
				 * times to use. Should not be modified. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->utimeProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->utimeProc(pathPtr, tval);
    }
    /* TODO: set errno here? Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT); */
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFileAttrStrings --
 *
 *	Implements the platform-dependent 'file attributes' subcommand for the
 *	native filesystem, for listing the set of possible attribute strings.
 *	Part of Tcl's native filesystem support. Placed here because it is used
 *	under both Unix and Windows.

 *
 * Results:
 *	An array of strings
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401


2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457


2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467

2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFileAttrsGet --
 *
 *	This function implements the platform dependent 'file attributes'
 *	subcommand, for the native filesystem, for 'get' operations. This
 *	function is part of Tcl's native filesystem support, and is placed
 *	here because it is shared by Unix and Windows code.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl return code. The object placed in objPtrRef (if TCL_OK


 *	was returned) is likely to have a refCount of zero. Either way we must
 *	either store it somewhere (e.g. the Tcl result), or Incr/Decr its
 *	refCount to ensure it is properly freed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NativeFileAttrsGet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* path of file we are operating on. */
    Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef)	/* for output. */
{
    return tclpFileAttrProcs[index].getProc(interp, index, pathPtr,objPtrRef);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFileAttrsSet --
 *
 *	This function implements the platform dependent 'file attributes'
 *	subcommand, for the native filesystem, for 'set' operations. This
 *	function is part of Tcl's native filesystem support, and is placed
 *	here because it is shared by Unix and Windows code.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl return code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NativeFileAttrsSet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* path of file we are operating on. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* set to this value. */
{
    return tclpFileAttrProcs[index].setProc(interp, index, pathPtr, objPtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings --
 *
 *	This function implements part of the hookable 'file attributes'
 *	subcommand. The appropriate function for the filesystem to which


 *	pathPtr belongs will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The called function may either return an array of strings, or may
 *	instead return NULL and place a Tcl list into the given objPtrRef.
 *	Tcl will take that list and first increment its refCount before using
 *	it. On completion of that use, Tcl will decrement its refCount. Hence
 *	if the list should be disposed of by Tcl when done, it should have a
 *	refCount of zero, and if the list should not be disposed of, the
 *	filesystem should ensure it retains a refCount on the object.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
|
|
|


|
>
>
|
|
|











|
|









|
|
|
|


|











|
|









|
|
>
>
|


|
<
<
<
<
|
<
>







2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397




2398

2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFileAttrsGet --
 *
 *	Implements the platform-dependent 'file attributes' subcommand for the
 *	native filesystem for 'get' operations.  Part of Tcl's native
 *	filesystem support.  Defined here because it is used under both Unix
 *	and Windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl return code.
 *
 *	If there was no error, stores in objPtrRef a pointer to a new object
 *	having a refCount of zero and  holding the result.  The caller should
 *	store it somewhere, e.g. as the Tcl result, or decrement its refCount
 *	to free it.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NativeFileAttrsGet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file */
    Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef)	/* Where to store the a pointer to the result. */
{
    return tclpFileAttrProcs[index].getProc(interp, index, pathPtr,objPtrRef);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFileAttrsSet --
 *
 *	Implements the platform-dependent 'file attributes' subcommand for the
 *	native filesystem for 'set' operations.  A part of Tcl's native
 *	filesystem support, it is defined here because it is used under both
 *	Unix and Windows.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static int
NativeFileAttrsSet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* The value to set. */
{
    return tclpFileAttrProcs[index].setProc(interp, index, pathPtr, objPtr);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings --
 *
 *	Implements part of the hookable 'file attributes'
 *	subcommand.
 *
 *	Calls 'fileAttrStringsProc' of the filesystem corresponding to the
 *	given pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns an array of strings, or returns NULL and stores in objPtrRef




 *	a pointer to a new Tcl list having a refCount of zero, and containing

 *	the file attribute strings.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498


2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSFileAttrIndex --
 *
 *	Helper function for converting an attribute name to an index into the
 *	attribute table.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Tcl result code, index written to *indexPtr on result==TCL_OK


 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclFSFileAttrIndex(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* File whose attributes are to be indexed
				 * into. */
    const char *attributeName,	/* The attribute being looked for. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* Where to write the found index. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = NULL;
    const char *const *attrTable;

    /*
     * Get the attribute table for the file.
     */







|



|
>
>









|
<
|
|







2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442

2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSFileAttrIndex --
 *
 *	Given an attribute name, determines the index of the attribute in the
 *	attribute table.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result code.
 *
 *	If there is no error, stores the index in *indexPtr.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclFSFileAttrIndex(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file. */

    const char *attributeName,	/* The name of the attribute. */
    int *indexPtr)		/* A place to store the result. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = NULL;
    const char *const *attrTable;

    /*
     * Get the attribute table for the file.
     */
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571

2572
2573
2574
2575
2576


2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609


2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668


2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689

2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet --
 *
 *	This function implements read access for the hookable 'file

 *	attributes' subcommand. The appropriate function for the filesystem to
 *	which pathPtr belongs will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl return code. The object placed in objPtrRef (if TCL_OK


 *	was returned) is likely to have a refCount of zero. Either way we must
 *	either store it somewhere (e.g. the Tcl result), or Incr/Decr its
 *	refCount to ensure it is properly freed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* filename we are operating on. */
    Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef)	/* for output. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->fileAttrsGetProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->fileAttrsGetProc(interp, index, pathPtr, objPtrRef);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet --
 *
 *	This function implements write access for the hookable 'file
 *	attributes' subcommand. The appropriate function for the filesystem to


 *	which pathPtr belongs will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl return code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* filename we are operating on. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* Input value. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->fileAttrsSetProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->fileAttrsSetProc(interp, index, pathPtr, objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSGetCwd --
 *
 *	This function replaces the library version of getcwd().
 *
 *	Most VFS's will *not* implement a 'cwdProc'. Tcl now maintains its own
 *	record (in a Tcl_Obj) of the cwd, and an attempt is made to synch this
 *	with the cwd's containing filesystem, if that filesystem provides a
 *	cwdProc (e.g. the native filesystem).
 *
 *	Note that if Tcl's cwd is not in the native filesystem, then of course
 *	Tcl's cwd and the native cwd are different: extensions should
 *	therefore ensure they only access the cwd through this function to
 *	avoid confusion.
 *
 *	If a global cwdPathPtr already exists, it is cached in the thread's
 *	private data structures and reference to the cached copy is returned,
 *	subject to a synchronisation attempt in that cwdPathPtr's fs.
 *
 *	Otherwise, the chain of functions that have been "inserted" into the
 *	filesystem will be called in succession until either a value other
 *	than NULL is returned, or the entire list is visited.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The result is a pointer to a Tcl_Obj specifying the current directory,
 *	or NULL if the current directory could not be determined. If NULL is
 *	returned, an error message is left in the interp's result.
 *
 *	The result already has its refCount incremented for the caller. When
 *	it is no longer needed, that refCount should be decremented.


 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Various objects may be freed and allocated.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSGetCwd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&fsDataKey);

    if (TclFSCwdPointerEquals(NULL)) {
	FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *retVal = NULL;

	/*
	 * We've never been called before, try to find a cwd. Call each of the
	 * "Tcl_GetCwd" function in succession. A non-NULL return value
	 * indicates the particular function has succeeded.

	 */

	fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
	Claim();
	for (; (retVal == NULL) && (fsRecPtr != NULL);
		fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	    ClientData retCd;







|
>
|
|


|
>
>
|
<
<










|
|
|















|
|
>
>
|


|










|
|
|















|

|
|
|
|

|
|
<
|
<
|
<
<
|
<
<
<


|
|
<

<
<
>
>


















|
|
|
>







2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513


2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586

2587

2588


2589



2590
2591
2592
2593

2594


2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet --
 *
 *	Implements read access for the hookable 'file attributes' subcommand.
 *
 *	Calls 'fileAttrsGetProc' of the filesystem corresponding to the given
 *	pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code.
 *
 *	On success, stores in objPtrRef a pointer to a new Tcl_Obj having a
 *	refCount of zero, and containing the result.


 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* The index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The pathname of the file. */
    Tcl_Obj **objPtrRef)	/* A place to store the result. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->fileAttrsGetProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->fileAttrsGetProc(interp, index, pathPtr, objPtrRef);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet --
 *
 *	Implements write access for the hookable 'file
 *	attributes' subcommand.
 *
 *	Calls 'fileAttrsSetProc' for the filesystem corresponding to the given
 *	pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter for error reporting. */
    int index,			/* The index of the attribute command. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The pathname of the file. */
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)		/* A place to store the result. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->fileAttrsSetProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->fileAttrsSetProc(interp, index, pathPtr, objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    return -1;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSGetCwd --
 *
 *	Replaces the library version of getcwd().
 *
 *	Most virtual filesystems do not implement cwdProc. Tcl maintains its
 *	own record of the current directory which it keeps synchronized with
 *	the filesystem corresponding to the pathname of the current directory
 *	if the filesystem provides a cwdProc (the native filesystem does).
 *
 *	If Tcl's current directory is not in the native filesystem, Tcl's
 *	current directory and the current directory of the process are

 *	different.  To avoid confusion, extensions should call Tcl_FSGetCwd to

 *	obtain the current directory from Tcl rather than from the operating


 *	system.



 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a pointer to a Tcl_Obj having a refCount of 1 and containing
 *	the current thread's local copy of the global cwdPathPtr value.

 *


 *	Returns NULL if the current directory could not be determined, and
 *	leaves an error message in the interpreter's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Various objects may be freed and allocated.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSGetCwd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = TCL_TSD_INIT(&fsDataKey);

    if (TclFSCwdPointerEquals(NULL)) {
	FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *retVal = NULL;

	/*
	 * This is the first time this routine has been called. Call
	 * 'getCwdProc' for each registered filsystems until one returns
	 * something other than NULL, which is a pointer to the pathname of the
	 * current directory.
	 */

	fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
	Claim();
	for (; (retVal == NULL) && (fsRecPtr != NULL);
		fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	    ClientData retCd;
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729

2730

2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749

2750
2751

2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765

2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780





2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787

2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811

	    proc2 = (TclFSGetCwdProc2 *) fsRecPtr->fsPtr->getCwdProc;
	    retCd = proc2(NULL);
	    if (retCd != NULL) {
		Tcl_Obj *norm;

		/*
		 * Looks like a new current directory.
		 */

		retVal = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->internalToNormalizedProc(retCd);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(retVal);
		norm = TclFSNormalizeAbsolutePath(interp,retVal);
		if (norm != NULL) {
		    /*
		     * We found a cwd, which is now in our global storage. We
		     * must make a copy. Norm already has a refCount of 1.
		     *
		     * Threading issue: note that multiple threads at system
		     * startup could in principle call this function
		     * simultaneously. They will therefore each set the
		     * cwdPathPtr independently. That behaviour is a bit
		     * peculiar, but should be fine. Once we have a cwd, we'll

		     * always be in the 'else' branch below which is simpler.

		     */

		    FsUpdateCwd(norm, retCd);
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
		} else {
		    fsRecPtr->fsPtr->freeInternalRepProc(retCd);
		}
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(retVal);
		retVal = NULL;
		Disclaim();
		goto cdDidNotChange;
	    } else if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"error getting working directory name: %s",
			Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    }
	}
	Disclaim();


	/*
	 * Now the 'cwd' may NOT be normalized, at least on some platforms.

	 * For the sake of efficiency, we want a completely normalized cwd at
	 * all times.
	 *
	 * Finally, if retVal is NULL, we do not have a cwd, which could be
	 * problematic.
	 */

	if (retVal != NULL) {
	    Tcl_Obj *norm = TclFSNormalizeAbsolutePath(interp, retVal);

	    if (norm != NULL) {
		/*
		 * We found a cwd, which is now in our global storage. We must
		 * make a copy. Norm already has a refCount of 1.

		 *
		 * Threading issue: note that multiple threads at system
		 * startup could in principle call this function
		 * simultaneously. They will therefore each set the cwdPathPtr
		 * independently. That behaviour is a bit peculiar, but should
		 * be fine. Once we have a cwd, we'll always be in the 'else'
		 * branch below which is simpler.
		 */

		ClientData cd = (ClientData) Tcl_FSGetNativePath(norm);

		FsUpdateCwd(norm, TclNativeDupInternalRep(cd));
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(retVal);





	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * We already have a cwd cached, but we want to give the filesystem it
	 * is in a chance to check whether that cwd has changed, or is perhaps
	 * no longer accessible. This allows an error to be thrown if, say,
	 * the permissions on that directory have changed.

	 */

	const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr =
		Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr);
	ClientData retCd = NULL;
	Tcl_Obj *retVal, *norm;


	/*
	 * If the filesystem couldn't be found, or if no cwd function exists
	 * for this filesystem, then we simply assume the cached cwd is ok.
	 * If we do call a cwd, we must watch for errors (if the cwd returns
	 * NULL). This ensures that, say, on Unix if the permissions of the
	 * cwd change, 'pwd' does actually throw the correct error in Tcl.
	 * (This is tested for in the test suite on unix).
	 */

	if (fsPtr == NULL || fsPtr->getCwdProc == NULL) {
	    goto cdDidNotChange;
	}

	if (fsPtr->version == TCL_FILESYSTEM_VERSION_1) {
	    retVal = fsPtr->getCwdProc(interp);
	} else {
	    /*







|







|
|

|
|
<
<
|
>
|
>



















>
|
|
>
|
<
<
|
<
|

<




|
|
>

|
|
|
<
|
|








>
>
>
>
>



|
|
|
|
>







>
|
|
<
|
<
<
<
|
<
<







2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655


2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683


2684

2685
2686

2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697

2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730

2731



2732


2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739

	    proc2 = (TclFSGetCwdProc2 *) fsRecPtr->fsPtr->getCwdProc;
	    retCd = proc2(NULL);
	    if (retCd != NULL) {
		Tcl_Obj *norm;

		/*
		 * Found the pathname of the current directory.
		 */

		retVal = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->internalToNormalizedProc(retCd);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(retVal);
		norm = TclFSNormalizeAbsolutePath(interp,retVal);
		if (norm != NULL) {
		    /*
		     * Assign to global storage the pathname of the current directory 
		     * and copy it into thread-local storage as well.
		     *
		     * At system startup multiple threads could in principle
		     * call this function simultaneously, which is a little


		     * peculiar, but should be fine given the mutex locks in
		     * FSUPdateCWD.  Once some value is assigned to the global
		     * variable the 'else' branch below is always taken, which
		     * is simpler.
		     */

		    FsUpdateCwd(norm, retCd);
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
		} else {
		    fsRecPtr->fsPtr->freeInternalRepProc(retCd);
		}
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(retVal);
		retVal = NULL;
		Disclaim();
		goto cdDidNotChange;
	    } else if (interp != NULL) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			"error getting working directory name: %s",
			Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	    }
	}
	Disclaim();

	if (retVal != NULL) {
	    /*
	     * On some platforms the pathname of the current directory might
	     * not be normalized.  For efficiency, ensure that it is
	     * normalized.  For the sake of efficiency, we want a completely


	     * normalized current working directory at all times.

	     */


	    Tcl_Obj *norm = TclFSNormalizeAbsolutePath(interp, retVal);

	    if (norm != NULL) {
		/*
		 * We found a current working directory, which is now in our
		 * global storage. We must make a copy. Norm already has a
		 * refCount of 1.
		 *
		 * Threading issue: Multiple threads at system startup could in
		 * principle call this function simultaneously. They will
		 * therefore each set the cwdPathPtr independently, which is a

		 * bit peculiar, but should be fine. Once we have a cwd, we'll
		 * always be in the 'else' branch below which is simpler.
		 */

		ClientData cd = (ClientData) Tcl_FSGetNativePath(norm);

		FsUpdateCwd(norm, TclNativeDupInternalRep(cd));
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(retVal);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * retVal is NULL.  There is no current directory, which could be
	     * problematic.
	    */
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * There is a thread-local value for the pathname of the current
	 * directory.  Give corresponding filesystem a chance update the value
	 * if it is out-of-date. This allows an error to be thrown if, for
	 * example, the permissions on the current working directory have
	 * changed.
	 */

	const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr =
		Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr);
	ClientData retCd = NULL;
	Tcl_Obj *retVal, *norm;

	if (fsPtr == NULL || fsPtr->getCwdProc == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * There is no corresponding filesystem or the filesystem does not

	     * have a getCwd routine. Just assume current local value is ok.



	     */


	    goto cdDidNotChange;
	}

	if (fsPtr->version == TCL_FILESYSTEM_VERSION_1) {
	    retVal = fsPtr->getCwdProc(interp);
	} else {
	    /*
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835

2836
2837


2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851

2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865

2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890




2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921



2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
	     * Looks like a new current directory.
	     */

	    retVal = fsPtr->internalToNormalizedProc(retCd);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(retVal);
	}


	/*
	 * Check if the 'cwd' function returned an error; if so, reset the


	 * cwd.
	 */

	if (retVal == NULL) {
	    FsUpdateCwd(NULL, NULL);
	    goto cdDidNotChange;
	}

	/*
	 * Normalize the path.
	 */

	norm = TclFSNormalizeAbsolutePath(interp, retVal);


	/*
	 * Check whether cwd has changed from the value previously stored in
	 * cwdPathPtr. Really 'norm' shouldn't be NULL, but we are careful.
	 */

	if (norm == NULL) {
	    /* Do nothing */
	    if (retCd != NULL) {
		fsPtr->freeInternalRepProc(retCd);
	    }
	} else if (norm == tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr) {
	    goto cdEqual;
	} else {
	    /*

	     * Note that both 'norm' and 'tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr' are normalized
	     * paths. Therefore we can be more efficient than calling
	     * 'Tcl_FSEqualPaths', and in addition avoid a nasty infinite loop
	     * bug when trying to normalize tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr.
	     */

	    int len1, len2;
	    const char *str1, *str2;

	    str1 = TclGetStringFromObj(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr, &len1);
	    str2 = TclGetStringFromObj(norm, &len2);
	    if ((len1 == len2) && (strcmp(str1, str2) == 0)) {
		/*
		 * If the paths were equal, we can be more efficient and
		 * retain the old path object which will probably already be
		 * shared. In this case we can simply free the normalized path
		 * we just calculated.
		 */

	    cdEqual:
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
		if (retCd != NULL) {
		    fsPtr->freeInternalRepProc(retCd);
		}
	    } else {




		FsUpdateCwd(norm, retCd);
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
	    }
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(retVal);
    }

  cdDidNotChange:
    if (tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr);
    }

    return tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSChdir --
 *
 *	This function replaces the library version of chdir().
 *
 *	The path is normalized and then passed to the filesystem which claims
 *	it.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See chdir() documentation. If successful, we keep a record of the
 *	successful path in cwdPathPtr for subsequent calls to getcwd.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See chdir() documentation. The global cwdPathPtr may change value.



 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSChdir(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)







>
|
|
>
>
|
|

<




<
<
<
<


>
|
<
|
|

<







|
>
|
|
|
|









|
|
|
<

<






>
>
>
>




















|

|
|


|
<


|
>
>
>







2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771

2772
2773
2774
2775




2776
2777
2778
2779

2780
2781
2782

2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807

2808

2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845

2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
	     * Looks like a new current directory.
	     */

	    retVal = fsPtr->internalToNormalizedProc(retCd);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(retVal);
	}

	if (retVal == NULL) {
	    /*
	     * The current directory could not not determined.  Reset the
	     * current direcory to ensure, for example, that 'pwd' does actually
	     * throw the correct error in Tcl.  This is tested for in the test
	     * suite on unix.
	     */


	    FsUpdateCwd(NULL, NULL);
	    goto cdDidNotChange;
	}





	norm = TclFSNormalizeAbsolutePath(interp, retVal);

	if (norm == NULL) {
	     /*

	     * 'norm' shouldn't ever be NULL, but we are careful.
	     */


	    /* Do nothing */
	    if (retCd != NULL) {
		fsPtr->freeInternalRepProc(retCd);
	    }
	} else if (norm == tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr) {
	    goto cdEqual;
	} else {
	     /*
	     * Determine whether the filesystem's answer is the same as the
	     * cached local value.  Since both 'norm' and 'tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr'
	     * are normalized pathnames, do something more efficient than
	     * calling 'Tcl_FSEqualPaths', and in addition avoid a nasty
	     * infinite loop bug when trying to normalize tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr.
	     */

	    int len1, len2;
	    const char *str1, *str2;

	    str1 = TclGetStringFromObj(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr, &len1);
	    str2 = TclGetStringFromObj(norm, &len2);
	    if ((len1 == len2) && (strcmp(str1, str2) == 0)) {
		/*
		 * The pathname values are equal so retain the old pathname
		 * object which is probably already shared and free the
		 * normalized pathname that was just produced.

		 */

	    cdEqual:
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
		if (retCd != NULL) {
		    fsPtr->freeInternalRepProc(retCd);
		}
	    } else {
		/*
		 * The pathname of the current directory is not the same as
		 * this thread's local cached value.  Replace the local value.
		 */
		FsUpdateCwd(norm, retCd);
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(norm);
	    }
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(retVal);
    }

  cdDidNotChange:
    if (tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr);
    }

    return tsdPtr->cwdPathPtr;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSChdir --
 *
 *	Replaces the library version of chdir().
 *
 *	Calls 'chdirProc' of the filesystem that corresponds to the given
 *	pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	See chdir() documentation.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See chdir() documentation.
 *
 *	On success stores in cwdPathPtr the pathname of the new current
 *	directory.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSChdir(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968

2969
2970
2971




2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977

2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005

3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039

3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046














3047
3048
3049









3050
3051
3052

3053
3054

3055
3056
3057
3058
3059





3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148

3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154

3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197

3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203

3204
3205
3206
3207

3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218



3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229



3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
	return retVal;
    }

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    if (fsPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsPtr->chdirProc != NULL) {
	    /*
	     * If this fails, an appropriate errno will have been stored using
	     * 'Tcl_SetErrno()'.
	     */

	    retVal = fsPtr->chdirProc(pathPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Fallback on stat-based implementation.
	     */

	    Tcl_StatBuf buf;

	    /*
	     * If the file can be stat'ed and is a directory and is readable,
	     * then we can chdir. If any of these actions fail, then
	     * 'Tcl_SetErrno()' should automatically have been called to set
	     * an appropriate error code.
	     */

	    if ((Tcl_FSStat(pathPtr, &buf) == 0) && (S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode))
		    && (Tcl_FSAccess(pathPtr, R_OK) == 0)) {
		/*
		 * We allow the chdir.

		 */

		retVal = 0;




	    }
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    }


    /*
     * The cwd changed, or an error was thrown. If an error was thrown, we can
     * just continue (and that will report the error to the user). If there
     * was no error we must assume that the cwd was actually changed to the
     * normalized value we calculated above, and we must therefore cache that
     * information.
     *
     * If the filesystem in question has a getCwdProc, then the correct logic
     * which performs the part below is already part of the Tcl_FSGetCwd()
     * call, so no need to replicate it again. This will have a side effect
     * though. The private authoritative representation of the current working
     * directory stored in cwdPathPtr in static memory will be out-of-sync
     * with the real OS-maintained value. The first call to Tcl_FSGetCwd will
     * however recalculate the private copy to match the OS-value so
     * everything will work right.
     *
     * However, if there is no getCwdProc, then we _must_ update our private
     * storage of the cwd, since this is the only opportunity to do that!
     *
     * Note: We currently call this block of code irrespective of whether
     * there was a getCwdProc or not, but the code should all in principle
     * work if we only call this block if fsPtr->getCwdProc == NULL.
     */

    if (retVal == 0) {
	/*
	 * Note that this normalized path may be different to what we found
	 * above (or at least a different object), if the filesystem epoch

	 * changed recently. This can actually happen with scripted documents
	 * very easily. Therefore we ask for the normalized path again (the
	 * correct value will have been cached as a result of the
	 * Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath call above anyway).
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *normDirName = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(NULL, pathPtr);

	if (normDirName == NULL) {
	    /* Not really true, but what else to do? */
	    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	    return -1;
	}

	if (fsPtr == &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	    /*
	     * For the native filesystem, we keep a cache of the native
	     * representation of the cwd. But, we want to do that for the
	     * exact format that is returned by 'getcwd' (so that we can later
	     * compare the two representations for equality), which might not
	     * be exactly the same char-string as the native representation of
	     * the fully normalized path (e.g. on Windows there's a
	     * forward-slash vs backslash difference). Hence we ask for this
	     * again here. On Unix it might actually be true that we always
	     * have the correct form in the native rep in which case we could
	     * simply use:
	     *		cd = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(pathPtr);
	     * instead. This should be examined by someone on Unix.
	     */

	    ClientData cd;
	    ClientData oldcd = tsdPtr->cwdClientData;

	    /*

	     * Assumption we are using a filesystem version 2.
	     */

	    TclFSGetCwdProc2 *proc2 = (TclFSGetCwdProc2 *) fsPtr->getCwdProc;

	    cd = proc2(oldcd);
	    if (cd != oldcd) {














		FsUpdateCwd(normDirName, cd);
	    }
	} else {









	    FsUpdateCwd(normDirName, NULL);
	}


	/*
	 * If the filesystem changed between old and new cwd

	 * force filesystem refresh on path objects.
	 */
	if (oldFsPtr != NULL && fsPtr != oldFsPtr) {
	    Tcl_FSMountsChanged(NULL);
	}





    }

    return retVal;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSLoadFile --
 *
 *	Dynamically loads a binary code file into memory and returns the
 *	addresses of two functions within that file, if they are defined. The
 *	appropriate function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs will
 *	be called.
 *
 *	Note that the native filesystem doesn't actually assume 'pathPtr' is a
 *	path. Rather it assumes pathPtr is either a path or just the name
 *	(tail) of a file which can be found somewhere in the environment's
 *	loadable path. This behaviour is not very compatible with virtual
 *	filesystems (and has other problems documented in the load man-page),
 *	so it is advised that full paths are always used.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl completion code. If an error occurs, an error message
 *	is left in the interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	New code suddenly appears in memory. This may later be unloaded by
 *	passing the clientData to the unloadProc.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSLoadFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Name of the file containing the desired
				 * code. */
    const char *sym1, const char *sym2,
				/* Names of two functions to look up in the
				 * file's symbol table. */
    Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc1Ptr, Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc2Ptr,
				/* Where to return the addresses corresponding
				 * to sym1 and sym2. */
    Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr,	/* Filled with token for dynamically loaded
				 * file which will be passed back to
				 * (*unloadProcPtr)() to unload the file. */
    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc **unloadProcPtr)
				/* Filled with address of Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc
				 * function which should be used for this
				 * file. */
{
    const char *symbols[3];
    void *procPtrs[2];
    int res;

    /*
     * Initialize the arrays.
     */

    symbols[0] = sym1;
    symbols[1] = sym2;
    symbols[2] = NULL;

    /*
     * Perform the load.
     */

    res = Tcl_LoadFile(interp, pathPtr, symbols, 0, procPtrs, handlePtr);
    if (res == TCL_OK) {
	*proc1Ptr = (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) procPtrs[0];
	*proc2Ptr = (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) procPtrs[1];
    } else {
	*proc1Ptr = *proc2Ptr = NULL;
    }

    return res;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_LoadFile --
 *
 *	Dynamically loads a binary code file into memory and returns the
 *	addresses of a number of given functions within that file, if they are
 *	defined. The appropriate function for the filesystem to which pathPtr
 *	belongs will be called.
 *

 *	Note that the native filesystem doesn't actually assume 'pathPtr' is a
 *	path. Rather it assumes pathPtr is either a path or just the name
 *	(tail) of a file which can be found somewhere in the environment's
 *	loadable path. This behaviour is not very compatible with virtual
 *	filesystems (and has other problems documented in the load man-page),
 *	so it is advised that full paths are always used.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl completion code. If an error occurs, an error message
 *	is left in the interp's result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	New code suddenly appears in memory. This may later be unloaded by
 *	calling TclFS_UnloadFile.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

/*
 * Workaround for issue with modern HPUX which do allow the unlink (no ETXTBSY
 * error) yet somehow trash some internal data structures which prevents the
 * second and further shared libraries from getting properly loaded. Only the
 * first is ok. We try to get around the issue by not unlinking, i.e.,
 * emulating the behaviour of the older HPUX which denied removal.
 *
 * Doing the unlink is also an issue within docker containers, whose AUFS
 * bungles this as well, see
 *     https://github.com/dotcloud/docker/issues/1911
 *
 * For these situations the change below makes the execution of the unlink
 * semi-controllable at runtime.
 *
 *     An AUFS filesystem (if it can be detected) will force avoidance of
 *     unlink. The env variable TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK allows detection of a
 *     users general request (unlink and not.
 *
 * By default the unlink is done (if not in AUFS). However if the variable is
 * present and set to true (any integer > 0) then the unlink is skipped.
 */

static int
skipUnlink(
    Tcl_Obj *shlibFile)
{
    /*
     * Order of testing:
     * 1. On hpux we generally want to skip unlink in general
     *
     * Outside of hpux then:

     * 2. For a general user request   (TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK present,
     *					non-empty, => int)
     * 3. For general AUFS environment (statfs, if available).
     *
     * Ad 2: This variable can disable/override the AUFS detection, i.e. for
     *	     testing if a newer AUFS does not have the bug any more.

     *
     * Ad 3: This is conditionally compiled in. Condition currently must be
     *	     set manually. This part needs proper tests in the configure(.in).
     */


#ifdef hpux
    return 1;
#else
    char *skipstr = getenv("TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK");

    if (skipstr && (skipstr[0] != '\0')) {
	return atoi(skipstr);
    }

#ifdef TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK



#ifndef NO_FSTATFS
    {
	struct statfs fs;
	/*
	 * Have fstatfs. May not have the AUFS super magic ... Indeed our build
	 * box is too old to have it directly in the headers. Define taken from
	 *     http://mooon.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/linux_include/linux/aufs_type.h
	 *     http://aufs.sourceforge.net/
	 * Better reference will be gladly taken.
	 */
#ifndef AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC



#define AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC ('a' << 24 | 'u' << 16 | 'f' << 8 | 's')
#endif /* AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC */
	if ((statfs(Tcl_GetString(shlibFile), &fs) == 0)
		&& (fs.f_type == AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC)) {
	    return 1;
	}
    }
#endif /* ... NO_FSTATFS */
#endif /* ... TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK */

    /*
     * Fallback: !hpux, no EV override, no AUFS (detection, nor detected):
     * Don't skip
     */
    return 0;
#endif /* hpux */
}

int
Tcl_LoadFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Name of the file containing the desired
				 * code. */
    const char *const symbols[],/* Names of functions to look up in the file's
				 * symbol table. */
    int flags,			/* Flags */
    void *procVPtrs,		/* Where to return the addresses corresponding
				 * to symbols[]. */
    Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr)	/* Filled with token for shared library
				 * information which can be used in
				 * TclpFindSymbol. */
{
    void **procPtrs = (void **) procVPtrs;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    const Tcl_Filesystem *copyFsPtr;
    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc *unloadProcPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *copyToPtr;
    Tcl_LoadHandle newLoadHandle = NULL;







<
|





|




<
<
<
<
<
<
<



|
>



>
>
>
>






>
|
<
<
|
<
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<
|
>
|
<
|
|











<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<




>
|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
|
|
>
|
|
<


>
>
>
>
>










|
|
|
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
|


|
|







|
|

|
|

|
|
|
|


<
|
|





<
<
<
<




<
<
<
<
















|
|
|
<

>
|
|
<
|
|
|
>


|
|


|
|





|
|
|
|
|





<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







|
<

|
>
|
|
<

<
<
>

<
<

>











>
>
>








|


>
>
>











|
|








|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<
|







2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875

2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886







2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906


2907

2908
2909


















2910

2911
2912
2913

2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926















2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973

2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993

2994







2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020

3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027




3028
3029
3030
3031




3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050

3051
3052
3053
3054

3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081









3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089

3090
3091
3092
3093
3094

3095


3096
3097


3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156

3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
	return retVal;
    }

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    if (fsPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsPtr->chdirProc != NULL) {
	    /*

	     * If this fails Tcl_SetErrno() has already been called.
	     */

	    retVal = fsPtr->chdirProc(pathPtr);
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Fallback to stat-based implementation.
	     */

	    Tcl_StatBuf buf;








	    if ((Tcl_FSStat(pathPtr, &buf) == 0) && (S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode))
		    && (Tcl_FSAccess(pathPtr, R_OK) == 0)) {
		/*
		 * stat was successful, and the file is a directory and is
		 * readable.  Can proceed to change the current directory.
		 */

		retVal = 0;
	    } else {
		 /*
		 * 'Tcl_SetErrno()' has already been called.
		 */
	    }
	}
    } else {
	Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
    }

    if (retVal == 0) {



	 /* Assume that the cwd was actually changed to the normalized value

	  * just calculated, and cache that information.  */



















	/*

	 * If the filesystem epoch changed recently, the normalized pathname or
	 * its internal handle may be different from what was found above.
	 * This can easily be the case with scripted documents . Therefore get

	 * the normalized pathname again. The correct value will have been
	 * cached as a result of the Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath call, above.
	 */

	Tcl_Obj *normDirName = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(NULL, pathPtr);

	if (normDirName == NULL) {
	    /* Not really true, but what else to do? */
	    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	    return -1;
	}

	if (fsPtr == &tclNativeFilesystem) {















	    ClientData cd;
	    ClientData oldcd = tsdPtr->cwdClientData;

	    /*
	     * Assume that the native filesystem has a getCwdProc and that it
	     * is at version 2.
	     */

	    TclFSGetCwdProc2 *proc2 = (TclFSGetCwdProc2 *) fsPtr->getCwdProc;

	    cd = proc2(oldcd);
	    if (cd != oldcd) {
		/*
		 * Call getCwdProc() and store the resulting internal handle to
		 * compare things with it later.  This might might not be
		 * exactly the same string as that of the fully normalized
		 * pathname.  For example, for the Windows internal handle the
		 * separator is the backslash character.  On Unix it might well
		 * be true that the internal handle is the fully normalized
		 * pathname and one could simply use:
		 *	cd = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(pathPtr);
		 * but this can't be guaranteed in the general case.  In fact,
		 * the internal handle could be any value the filesystem
		 * decides to use to identify a node.
		 */

		FsUpdateCwd(normDirName, cd);
	    } 
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Tcl_FSGetCwd() synchronizes the file-global cwdPathPtr if
	     * needed.  However, if there is no 'getCwdProc', cwdPathPtr must be
	     * updated right now because there won't be another chance.  This
	     * block of code is currently executed whether or not the
	     * filesystem provides a getCwdProc, but it should in principle
	     * work to only call this block if fsPtr->getCwdProc == NULL.
	     */

	    FsUpdateCwd(normDirName, NULL);
	}

	if (oldFsPtr != NULL && fsPtr != oldFsPtr) {
	    /*
	     * The filesystem of the current directory is not the same as the
	     * filesystem of the previous current directory.  Invalidate All
	     * FsPath objects.
	     */

	    Tcl_FSMountsChanged(NULL);
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * The current directory is now changed or an error occurred and an
	 * error message is now set. Just continue.
	 */
    }

    return retVal;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSLoadFile --
 *
 *	Loads a dynamic shared object by passing the given pathname unmodified
 *	to Tcl_LoadFile, and provides pointers to the functions named by 'sym1'
 *	and 'sym2', and another pointer to a function that unloads the object.

 *







 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl completion code. If an error occurs, sets the
 *	interpreter's result to an error message.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A dynamic shared object is loaded into memory.  This may later be
 *	unloaded by passing the handlePtr to *unloadProcPtr.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSLoadFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file containing the dynamic shared object.
				 */
    const char *sym1, const char *sym2,
				/* Names of two functions to find in the
				 * dynamic shared object. */
    Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc1Ptr, Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc2Ptr,
				/* Places to store pointers to the functions
				 * named by sym1 and sym2. */
    Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr,	/* A place to store the token for the loaded
				 * object.  Can be passed to 
				 * (*unloadProcPtr)() to unload the file. */
    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc **unloadProcPtr)

				/* A place to store a pointer to the function
				 * that unloads the object. */
{
    const char *symbols[3];
    void *procPtrs[2];
    int res;





    symbols[0] = sym1;
    symbols[1] = sym2;
    symbols[2] = NULL;





    res = Tcl_LoadFile(interp, pathPtr, symbols, 0, procPtrs, handlePtr);
    if (res == TCL_OK) {
	*proc1Ptr = (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) procPtrs[0];
	*proc2Ptr = (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) procPtrs[1];
    } else {
	*proc1Ptr = *proc2Ptr = NULL;
    }

    return res;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_LoadFile --
 *
 *	Load a dynamic shared object by calling 'loadFileProc' of the
 *	filesystem corresponding to the given pathname, and then finds within
 *	the loaded object the functions named in symbols[].  

 *
 *	The given pathname is passed unmodified to `loadFileProc`, which
 *	decides how to resolve it.  On POSIX systems the native filesystem
 *	passes the given pathname to dlopen(), which resolves the filename

 *	according to its own set of rules.  This behaviour is not very
 *	compatible with virtual filesystems, and has other problems as
 *	documented for [load], so it is recommended to use an absolute
 *	pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl completion code. If an error occurs, sets the
 *	interpreter result to an error message.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory is allocated for the new object. May be freed by calling
 *	TclFS_UnloadFile.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

/*
 * Modern HPUX allows the unlink (no ETXTBSY error) yet somehow trashes some
 * internal data structures, preventing any additional dynamic shared objects
 * from getting properly loaded. Only the first is ok.  Work around the issue
 * by not unlinking, i.e., emulating the behaviour of the older HPUX which
 * denied removal.
 *
 * Doing the unlink is also an issue within docker containers, whose AUFS
 * bungles this as well, see
 *     https://github.com/dotcloud/docker/issues/1911
 *









 */

static int
skipUnlink(
    Tcl_Obj *shlibFile)
{
    /*
     * Unlinking is not performed in the following cases:

     *
     * 1. The operating system is HPUX.
     *
     * 2.   If the environment variable TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK is present and
     * set to true (an integer > 0)

     *


     * 3. TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK is not true (an integer > 0) and AUFS filesystem can be detected (using statfs, if available).
     *


     */


#ifdef hpux
    return 1;
#else
    char *skipstr = getenv("TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK");

    if (skipstr && (skipstr[0] != '\0')) {
	return atoi(skipstr);
    }

#ifdef TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK
/* At built time TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK can be set manually to control whether
 * this automatic overriding of unlink is included.
 */
#ifndef NO_FSTATFS
    {
	struct statfs fs;
	/*
	 * Have fstatfs. May not have the AUFS super magic ... Indeed our build
	 * box is too old to have it directly in the headers. Define taken from
	 *     http://mooon.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/linux_include/linux/aufs_type.h
	 *     http://aufs.sourceforge.net/
	 * Better reference will be gladly accepted.
	 */
#ifndef AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC
/* AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC can disable/override the AUFS detection, i.e. for
 * testing if a newer AUFS does not have the bug any more.
*/
#define AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC ('a' << 24 | 'u' << 16 | 'f' << 8 | 's')
#endif /* AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC */
	if ((statfs(Tcl_GetString(shlibFile), &fs) == 0)
		&& (fs.f_type == AUFS_SUPER_MAGIC)) {
	    return 1;
	}
    }
#endif /* ... NO_FSTATFS */
#endif /* ... TCL_TEMPLOAD_NO_UNLINK */

    /*
     * No HPUX, environment variable override, or AUFS detected.  Perform
     * unlink.
     */
    return 0;
#endif /* hpux */
}

int
Tcl_LoadFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of the file containing the dynamic
				 * shared object. */
    const char *const symbols[],/* A null-terminated array of names of
				 * functions to find in the loaded object. */
    int flags,			/* Flags */
    void *procVPtrs,		/* A place to store pointers to the functions
				 *  named by symbols[]. */
    Tcl_LoadHandle *handlePtr)	/* A place to hold a token for the loaded object.

				 * Can be used by TclpFindSymbol. */
{
    void **procPtrs = (void **) procVPtrs;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    const Tcl_Filesystem *copyFsPtr;
    Tcl_FSUnloadFileProc *unloadProcPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *copyToPtr;
    Tcl_LoadHandle newLoadHandle = NULL;
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301


3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
	}
	if (Tcl_GetErrno() != EXDEV) {
	    return retVal;
	}
    }

    /*
     * The filesystem doesn't support 'load', so we fall back on the following
     * technique:
     *
     * First check if it is readable -- and exists!


     */

    if (Tcl_FSAccess(pathPtr, R_OK) != 0) {
	if (interp) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "couldn't load library \"%s\": %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#ifdef TCL_LOAD_FROM_MEMORY
    /*
     * The platform supports loading code from memory, so ask for a buffer of
     * the appropriate size, read the file into it and load the code from the
     * buffer:
     */

    {
	int ret, size;
	void *buffer;
	Tcl_StatBuf statBuf;
	Tcl_Channel data;

	ret = Tcl_FSStat(pathPtr, &statBuf);
	if (ret < 0) {
	    goto mustCopyToTempAnyway;
	}
	size = (int) statBuf.st_size;

	/*
	 * Tcl_Read takes an int: check that file size isn't wide.
	 */

	if (size != (Tcl_WideInt) statBuf.st_size) {
	    goto mustCopyToTempAnyway;
	}
	data = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, pathPtr, "rb", 0666);
	if (!data) {







|
<
|
|
>
>













|
|
|















|







3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195

3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
	}
	if (Tcl_GetErrno() != EXDEV) {
	    return retVal;
	}
    }

    /*
     * The filesystem doesn't support 'load'. Fall to the following: 

     */

    /*
     * Make sure the file is accessible.
     */

    if (Tcl_FSAccess(pathPtr, R_OK) != 0) {
	if (interp) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "couldn't load library \"%s\": %s",
		    Tcl_GetString(pathPtr), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#ifdef TCL_LOAD_FROM_MEMORY
    /*
     * The platform supports loading a dynamic shared object from memory.
     * Create a sufficiently large buffer, read the file into it, and then load
     * the dynamic shared object from the buffer:
     */

    {
	int ret, size;
	void *buffer;
	Tcl_StatBuf statBuf;
	Tcl_Channel data;

	ret = Tcl_FSStat(pathPtr, &statBuf);
	if (ret < 0) {
	    goto mustCopyToTempAnyway;
	}
	size = (int) statBuf.st_size;

	/*
	 * Tcl_Read takes an int:  Determine whether the file size is wide.
	 */

	if (size != (Tcl_WideInt) statBuf.st_size) {
	    goto mustCopyToTempAnyway;
	}
	data = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, pathPtr, "rb", 0666);
	if (!data) {
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378




3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
  mustCopyToTempAnyway:
    if (interp) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }
#endif /* TCL_LOAD_FROM_MEMORY */

    /*
     * Get a temporary filename to use, first to copy the file into, and then
     * to load.
     */

    copyToPtr = TclpTempFileNameForLibrary(interp, pathPtr);
    if (copyToPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(copyToPtr);

    copyFsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(copyToPtr);
    if ((copyFsPtr == NULL) || (copyFsPtr == fsPtr)) {
	/*
	 * We already know we can't use Tcl_FSLoadFile from this filesystem,
	 * and we must avoid a possible infinite loop. Try to delete the file




	 * we probably created, and then exit.
	 */

	Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
	if (interp) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "couldn't load from current filesystem", -1));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclCrossFilesystemCopy(interp, pathPtr, copyToPtr) != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * Cross-platform copy failed.
	 */

	Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#ifndef _WIN32
    /*
     * Do we need to set appropriate permissions on the file? This may be
     * required on some systems. On Unix we could loop over the file
     * attributes, and set any that are called "-permissions" to 0700. However
     * we just do this directly, like this:
     */

    {
	int index;
	Tcl_Obj *perm;

	TclNewLiteralStringObj(perm, "0700");
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(perm);
	if (TclFSFileAttrIndex(copyToPtr, "-permissions", &index) == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet(NULL, index, copyToPtr, perm);
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(perm);
    }
#endif

    /*
     * We need to reset the result now, because the cross-filesystem copy may
     * have stored the number of bytes in the result.
     */

    if (interp) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }

    retVal = Tcl_LoadFile(interp, copyToPtr, symbols, flags, procPtrs,
	    &newLoadHandle);
    if (retVal != TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * The file didn't load successfully.
	 */

	Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
	return retVal;
    }

    /*
     * Try to delete the file immediately - this is possible in some OSes, and
     * avoids any worries about leaving the copy laying around on exit.
     */

    if (!skipUnlink(copyToPtr) &&
	    (Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr) == TCL_OK)) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);

	/*
	 * We tell our caller about the real shared library which was loaded.
	 * Note that this does mean that the package list maintained by 'load'
	 * will store the original (vfs) path alongside the temporary load
	 * handle and unload proc ptr.
	 */

	*handlePtr = newLoadHandle;
	if (interp) {
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * When we unload this file, we need to divert the unloading so we can
     * unload and cleanup the temporary file correctly.
     */

    tvdlPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FsDivertLoad));

    /*
     * Remember three pieces of information. This allows us to cleanup the
     * diverted load completely, on platforms which allow proper unloading of
     * code.
     */

    tvdlPtr->loadHandle = newLoadHandle;
    tvdlPtr->unloadProcPtr = newUnloadProcPtr;

    if (copyFsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	/*
	 * copyToPtr is already incremented for this reference.
	 */

	tvdlPtr->divertedFile = copyToPtr;

	/*
	 * This is the filesystem we loaded it into. Since we have a reference
	 * to 'copyToPtr', we already have a refCount on this filesystem, so
	 * we don't need to worry about it disappearing on us.
	 */

	tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem = copyFsPtr;
	tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep = NULL;
    } else {
	/*
	 * We need the native rep.
	 */

	tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep = TclNativeDupInternalRep(
		Tcl_FSGetInternalRep(copyToPtr, copyFsPtr));

	/*
	 * We don't need or want references to the copied Tcl_Obj or the
	 * filesystem if it is the native one.
	 */

	tvdlPtr->divertedFile = NULL;
	tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem = NULL;
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
    }








|
<











|
|
>
>
>
>
|
|











<
<
<
<







|
|
|
<
















|
|









<
<
<
<






|
|







<
|
|
|










<
|





|
|
<






<
|
<
<



|
|
|






|






|
<







3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262

3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292




3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302

3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329




3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344

3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357

3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365

3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371

3372


3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392

3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
  mustCopyToTempAnyway:
    if (interp) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }
#endif /* TCL_LOAD_FROM_MEMORY */

    /*
     * Get a temporary filename, first to copy the file into, and then to load.

     */

    copyToPtr = TclpTempFileNameForLibrary(interp, pathPtr);
    if (copyToPtr == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(copyToPtr);

    copyFsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(copyToPtr);
    if ((copyFsPtr == NULL) || (copyFsPtr == fsPtr)) {
	/*
	 * Tcl_FSLoadFile isn't available for the filesystem of the temporary
	 * file.  In order to avoid a possible infinite loop, do not attempt to
	 * load further.
	 */

	 /*
	  * Try to delete the file we probably created and then exit.
	  */

	Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
	if (interp) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "couldn't load from current filesystem", -1));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclCrossFilesystemCopy(interp, pathPtr, copyToPtr) != TCL_OK) {




	Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#ifndef _WIN32
    /*
     * It might be necessary on some systems to set the appropriate permissions
     * on the file.  On Unix we could loop over the file attributes and set any
     * that are called "-permissions" to 0700, but just do it directly instead:

     */

    {
	int index;
	Tcl_Obj *perm;

	TclNewLiteralStringObj(perm, "0700");
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(perm);
	if (TclFSFileAttrIndex(copyToPtr, "-permissions", &index) == TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet(NULL, index, copyToPtr, perm);
	}
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(perm);
    }
#endif

    /*
     * The cross-filesystem copy may have stored the number of bytes in the
     * result, so reset the result now.
     */

    if (interp) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }

    retVal = Tcl_LoadFile(interp, copyToPtr, symbols, flags, procPtrs,
	    &newLoadHandle);
    if (retVal != TCL_OK) {




	Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
	return retVal;
    }

    /*
     * Try to delete the file immediately.  Some operatings systems allow this,
     * and it avoids leaving the copy laying around after exit.
     */

    if (!skipUnlink(copyToPtr) &&
	    (Tcl_FSDeleteFile(copyToPtr) == TCL_OK)) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);

	/*

	 * Tell the caller all the details:  The package list maintained by
	 * 'load' stores the original (vfs) pathname, the handle of object
	 * loaded from the temporary file, and the unloadProcPtr.
	 */

	*handlePtr = newLoadHandle;
	if (interp) {
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*

     * Divert the unloading in order to unload and cleanup the temporary file.
     */

    tvdlPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(FsDivertLoad));

    /*
     * Remember three pieces of information in order to clean up the diverted
     * load completely on platforms which allow proper unloading of code.

     */

    tvdlPtr->loadHandle = newLoadHandle;
    tvdlPtr->unloadProcPtr = newUnloadProcPtr;

    if (copyFsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem) {

	/* refCount of copyToPtr is already incremented.  */


	tvdlPtr->divertedFile = copyToPtr;

	/*
	 * This is the filesystem for the temporary file the object was loaded
	 * from.  A reference to copyToPtr is already stored in
	 * tvdlPtr->divertedFile, so need need to increment the refCount again. 
	 */

	tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem = copyFsPtr;
	tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep = NULL;
    } else {
	/*
	 * Grab the native representation.
	 */

	tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep = TclNativeDupInternalRep(
		Tcl_FSGetInternalRep(copyToPtr, copyFsPtr));

	/*
	 * Don't keeep a reference to the Tcl_Obj or the native filesystem.

	 */

	tvdlPtr->divertedFile = NULL;
	tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem = NULL;
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(copyToPtr);
    }

3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559

3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596

3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637

3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673



3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730

3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749

3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758

3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782

3783
3784
3785
3786
3787

3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820

3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840

3841
3842
3843


3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852


3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922




3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
    if (interp) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }
    return retVal;

  resolveSymbols:
    /*
     * At this point, *handlePtr is already set up to the handle for the
     * loaded library. We now try to resolve the symbols.
     */

    if (symbols != NULL) {
	for (i=0 ; symbols[i] != NULL; i++) {
	    procPtrs[i] = Tcl_FindSymbol(interp, *handlePtr, symbols[i]);
	    if (procPtrs[i] == NULL) {
		/*
		 * At least one symbol in the list was not found.  Unload the
		 * file, and report the problem back to the caller.
		 * (Tcl_FindSymbol should already have left an appropriate
		 * error message.)
		 */

		(*handlePtr)->unloadFileProcPtr(*handlePtr);
		*handlePtr = NULL;
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DivertFindSymbol --
 *
 *	Find a symbol in a shared library loaded by copy-from-VFS.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void *
DivertFindSymbol(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* Tcl interpreter */
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle,	/* Handle to the diverted module */
    const char *symbol)		/* Symbol to resolve */
{
    FsDivertLoad *tvdlPtr = (FsDivertLoad *) loadHandle->clientData;
    Tcl_LoadHandle originalHandle = tvdlPtr->loadHandle;

    return originalHandle->findSymbolProcPtr(interp, originalHandle, symbol);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DivertUnloadFile --
 *
 *	Unloads a file that has been loaded by copying from VFS to the native
 *	filesystem.
 *
 * Parameters:
 *	loadHandle -- Handle of the file to unload
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DivertUnloadFile(
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle)
{
    FsDivertLoad *tvdlPtr = (FsDivertLoad *) loadHandle->clientData;
    Tcl_LoadHandle originalHandle;


    /*
     * This test should never trigger, since we give the client data in the
     * function above.
     */

    if (tvdlPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    originalHandle = tvdlPtr->loadHandle;

    /*
     * Call the real 'unloadfile' proc we actually used. It is very important
     * that we call this first, so that the shared library is actually
     * unloaded by the OS. Otherwise, the following 'delete' may well fail
     * because the shared library is still in use.
     */

    originalHandle->unloadFileProcPtr(originalHandle);

    /*
     * What filesystem contains the temp copy of the library?
     */

    if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem == NULL) {
	/*
	 * It was the native filesystem, and we have a special function
	 * available just for this purpose, which we know works even at this
	 * late stage.
	 */

	TclpDeleteFile(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
	NativeFreeInternalRep(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Remove the temporary file we created. Note, we may crash here
	 * because encodings have been taken down already.
	 */

	if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem->deleteFileProc(tvdlPtr->divertedFile)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    /*

	     * The above may have failed because the filesystem, or something
	     * it depends upon (e.g. encodings) have been taken down because
	     * Tcl is exiting.
	     *
	     * We may need to work out how to delete this file more robustly
	     * (or give the filesystem the information it needs to delete the
	     * file more robustly).
	     *
	     * In particular, one problem might be that the filesystem cannot
	     * extract the information it needs from the above path object
	     * because Tcl's entire filesystem apparatus (the code in this
	     * file) has been finalized, and it refuses to pass the internal
	     * representation to the filesystem.
	     */
	}

	/*
	 * And free up the allocations. This will also of course remove a
	 * refCount from the Tcl_Filesystem to which this file belongs, which
	 * could then free up the filesystem if we are exiting.
	 */

	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tvdlPtr->divertedFile);
    }

    ckfree(tvdlPtr);
    ckfree(loadHandle);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FindSymbol --
 *
 *	Find a symbol in a loaded library
 *



 * Results:
 *	Returns a pointer to the symbol if found. If not found, returns NULL
 *	and leaves an error message in the interpreter result.
 *
 * This function was once filesystem-specific, but has been made portable by
 * having TclpDlopen return a structure that includes procedure pointers.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void *
Tcl_FindSymbol(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle,	/* Handle to the loaded library */
    const char *symbol)		/* Name of the symbol to resolve */
{
    return loadHandle->findSymbolProcPtr(interp, loadHandle, symbol);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSUnloadFile --
 *
 *	Unloads a library given its handle. Checks first that the library
 *	supports unloading.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSUnloadFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter */
    Tcl_LoadHandle handle)	/* Handle of the file to unload */
{
    if (handle->unloadFileProcPtr == NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "cannot unload: filesystem does not support unloading",
		    -1));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (handle->unloadFileProcPtr != NULL) {
	handle->unloadFileProcPtr(handle);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSUnloadTempFile --
 *
 *	This function is called when we loaded a library of code via an
 *	intermediate temporary file. This function ensures the library is
 *	correctly unloaded and the temporary file is correctly deleted.

 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The effects of the 'unload' function called, and of course the
 *	temporary file will be deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclFSUnloadTempFile(
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle)	/* loadHandle returned by a previous call to
				 * Tcl_FSLoadFile(). The loadHandle is a token
				 * that represents the loaded file. */
{
    FsDivertLoad *tvdlPtr = (FsDivertLoad *) loadHandle;


    /*
     * This test should never trigger, since we give the client data in the
     * function above.
     */

    if (tvdlPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }


    /*
     * Call the real 'unloadfile' proc we actually used. It is very important
     * that we call this first, so that the shared library is actually
     * unloaded by the OS. Otherwise, the following 'delete' may well fail
     * because the shared library is still in use.
     */

    if (tvdlPtr->unloadProcPtr != NULL) {
	tvdlPtr->unloadProcPtr(tvdlPtr->loadHandle);
    }

    if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem == NULL) {
	/*
	 * It was the native filesystem, and we have a special function
	 * available just for this purpose, which we know works even at this
	 * late stage.
	 */

	TclpDeleteFile(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
	NativeFreeInternalRep(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Remove the temporary file we created. Note, we may crash here
	 * because encodings have been taken down already.

	 */

	if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem->deleteFileProc(tvdlPtr->divertedFile)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    /*

	     * The above may have failed because the filesystem, or something
	     * it depends upon (e.g. encodings) have been taken down because
	     * Tcl is exiting.
	     *
	     * We may need to work out how to delete this file more robustly
	     * (or give the filesystem the information it needs to delete the
	     * file more robustly).
	     *
	     * In particular, one problem might be that the filesystem cannot
	     * extract the information it needs from the above path object
	     * because Tcl's entire filesystem apparatus (the code in this
	     * file) has been finalized, and it refuses to pass the internal
	     * representation to the filesystem.
	     */
	}

	/*
	 * And free up the allocations. This will also of course remove a
	 * refCount from the Tcl_Filesystem to which this file belongs, which
	 * could then free up the filesystem if we are exiting.
	 */

	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tvdlPtr->divertedFile);
    }

    ckfree(tvdlPtr);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSLink --
 *

 *	This function replaces the library version of readlink() and can also
 *	be used to make links. The appropriate function for the filesystem to
 *	which pathPtr belongs will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	If toPtr is NULL, then the result is a Tcl_Obj specifying the contents
 *	of the symbolic link given by 'pathPtr', or NULL if the symbolic link
 *	could not be read. The result is owned by the caller, which should
 *	call Tcl_DecrRefCount when the result is no longer needed.
 *
 *	If toPtr is non-NULL, then the result is toPtr if the link action was
 *	successful, or NULL if not. In this case the result has no additional
 *	reference count, and need not be freed. The actual action to perform
 *	is given by the 'linkAction' flags, which is an or'd combination of:
 *
 *		TCL_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK
 *		TCL_CREATE_HARD_LINK
 *
 *	Note that most filesystems will not support linking across to
 *	different filesystems, so this function will usually fail unless toPtr

 *	is in the same FS as pathPtr.
 *
 * Side effects:


 *	See readlink() documentation. A new filesystem link object may appear.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSLink(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path of file to readlink or link. */
    Tcl_Obj *toPtr,		/* NULL or path to be linked to. */


    int linkAction)		/* Action to perform. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->linkProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->linkProc(pathPtr, toPtr, linkAction);
    }

    /*
     * If S_IFLNK isn't defined it means that the machine doesn't support
     * symbolic links, so the file can't possibly be a symbolic link. Generate
     * an EINVAL error, which is what happens on machines that do support
     * symbolic links when you invoke readlink on a file that isn't a symbolic
     * link.
     */

#ifndef S_IFLNK
    errno = EINVAL; /* TODO: Change to Tcl_SetErrno()? */
#else
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
#endif /* S_IFLNK */
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSListVolumes --
 *
 *	Lists the currently mounted volumes. The chain of functions that have
 *	been "inserted" into the filesystem will be called in succession; each
 *	may return a list of volumes, all of which are added to the result
 *	until all mounted file systems are listed.
 *
 *	Notice that we assume the lists returned by each filesystem (if non
 *	NULL) have been given a refCount for us already. However, we are NOT
 *	allowed to hang on to the list itself (it belongs to the filesystem we
 *	called). Therefore we quite naturally add its contents to the result
 *	we are building, and then decrement the refCount.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The list of volumes, in an object which has refCount 0.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSListVolumes(void)
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

    /*
     * Call each of the "listVolumes" function in succession. A non-NULL
     * return value indicates the particular function has succeeded. We call
     * all the functions registered, since we want a list of all drives from
     * all filesystems.
     */

    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc != NULL) {
	    Tcl_Obj *thisFsVolumes = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc();

	    if (thisFsVolumes != NULL) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, resultPtr, thisFsVolumes);




		Tcl_DecrRefCount(thisFsVolumes);
	    }
	}
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }
    Disclaim();

    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FsListMounts --
 *
 *	List all mounts within the given directory, which match the given
 *	pattern.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The list of mounts, in a list object which has refCount 0, or NULL if
 *	we didn't even find any filesystems to try to list mounts.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
FsListMounts(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Contains path to directory to search. */
    const char *pattern)	/* Pattern to match against. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    Tcl_GlobTypeData mountsOnly = { TCL_GLOB_TYPE_MOUNT, 0, NULL, NULL };
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * Call each of the "matchInDirectory" functions in succession, with the
     * specific type information 'mountsOnly'. A non-NULL return value
     * indicates the particular function has succeeded. We call all the
     * functions registered, since we want a list from each filesystems.
     */

    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem &&
		fsRecPtr->fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc != NULL) {







|
|








<
|
|
















|
>






|
|
|












|
|
<
<
<






|




>
|
|
<
|

<





|
<
|
|





|




|
<
|






|
|





>
|
|
<

|
|
<
<
|
|

|
|




|
|
|














|

>
>
>

|
|
<
<
<






|
|
|









<
|






|
|




















<
<
|
>





<
|






|
|
<



>
|
|
<
|
<
<



>
|
<
|
|
|
|

<





<
|







|
|
>





>
|
|
<

|
|
<
<
|
|

|
|




|
|
|













>
|
|
<


|
|
<
|

<
|
|
|




|
|
>
|


>
>
|






|
|
>
>









|
|
|
|
<















|
|
<
<
|
<
<
<
<
<

















|
|
<
|










>
>
>
>















<
|


|
|


|






|







|
|
<
<







3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424

3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467



3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481

3482
3483

3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489

3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502

3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519

3520
3521
3522


3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556



3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574

3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603


3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610

3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619

3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625

3626


3627
3628
3629
3630
3631

3632
3633
3634
3635
3636

3637
3638
3639
3640
3641

3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660

3661
3662
3663


3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691

3692
3693
3694
3695

3696
3697

3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736

3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753


3754





3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773

3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803

3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827


3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
    if (interp) {
	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
    }
    return retVal;

  resolveSymbols:
    /*
     * handlePtr now contains a token for the loaded object.
     * Resolve the symbols.
     */

    if (symbols != NULL) {
	for (i=0 ; symbols[i] != NULL; i++) {
	    procPtrs[i] = Tcl_FindSymbol(interp, *handlePtr, symbols[i]);
	    if (procPtrs[i] == NULL) {
		/*
		 * At least one symbol in the list was not found.  Unload the

		 * file and return an error code.  Tcl_FindSymbol should have
		 * already left an appropriate error message.
		 */

		(*handlePtr)->unloadFileProcPtr(*handlePtr);
		*handlePtr = NULL;
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DivertFindSymbol --
 *
 *	Find a symbol in a shared library loaded by making a copying a file
 *	from the virtual filesystem to a native filesystem.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void *
DivertFindSymbol(
    Tcl_Interp *interp, 	/* The relevant interpreter. */
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle,	/* A handle to the diverted module. */
    const char *symbol)		/* The name of symbol to resolve. */
{
    FsDivertLoad *tvdlPtr = (FsDivertLoad *) loadHandle->clientData;
    Tcl_LoadHandle originalHandle = tvdlPtr->loadHandle;

    return originalHandle->findSymbolProcPtr(interp, originalHandle, symbol);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DivertUnloadFile --
 *
 *	Unloads an object that was loaded from a temporary file copied from the
 *	virtual filesystem the native filesystem.



 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
DivertUnloadFile(
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle)	/* A handle for the loaded object. */
{
    FsDivertLoad *tvdlPtr = (FsDivertLoad *) loadHandle->clientData;
    Tcl_LoadHandle originalHandle;

    if (tvdlPtr == NULL) {
	/*
	 * tvdlPtr was provided by Tcl_LoadFile so it should not be NULL here.

	 */


	return;
    }
    originalHandle = tvdlPtr->loadHandle;

    /*
     * Call the real 'unloadfile' proc.  This must be called first so that the

     * shared library is actually unloaded by the OS. Otherwise, the following
     * 'delete' may fail because the shared library is still in use.
     */

    originalHandle->unloadFileProcPtr(originalHandle);

    /*
     * Determine which filesystem contains the temporary copy of the file.
     */

    if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem == NULL) {
	/*
	 * Use the function for the native filsystem, which works works even at

	 * this late stage.
	 */

	TclpDeleteFile(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
	NativeFreeInternalRep(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Remove the temporary file.  If encodings have been cleaned up
	 * already, this may crash.
	 */

	if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem->deleteFileProc(tvdlPtr->divertedFile)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    /*
	     * This may have happened because Tcl is exiting, and encodings may
	     * have already been deleted or something else the filesystem
	     * depends on may be gone.

	     *
	     * TO DO:  Figure out how to delete this file more robustly, or
	     * give the filesystem the information it needs to delete the file


	     * more robustly.  One problem might be that the filesystem cannot
	     * extract the information it needs from the above pathname object
	     * because Tcl's entire filesystem apparatus (the code in this
	     * file) has been finalized and there is no way to get the native
	     * handle of the file.
	     */
	}

	/*
	 * This also decrements the refCount of the Tcl_Filesystem
	 * corresponding to this file. which might cause the filesystem to be
	 * deallocated if Tcl is exiting.
	 */

	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tvdlPtr->divertedFile);
    }

    ckfree(tvdlPtr);
    ckfree(loadHandle);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FindSymbol --
 *
 *	Find a symbol in a loaded object.
 *
 *	Previously filesystem-specific, but has been made portable by having
 *	TclpDlopen return a structure that includes procedure pointers.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns a pointer to the symbol if found.  Otherwise, sets
 *	an error message in the interpreter result and returns NULL.



 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void *
Tcl_FindSymbol(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The relevant interpreter. */
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle,	/* A handle for the loaded object. */
    const char *symbol)		/* The name name of the symbol to resolve. */
{
    return loadHandle->findSymbolProcPtr(interp, loadHandle, symbol);
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSUnloadFile --
 *

 *	Unloads a loaded  object if unloading is supported for the object.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSUnloadFile(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The relevant interpreter. */
    Tcl_LoadHandle handle)	/* A handle for the object to unload. */
{
    if (handle->unloadFileProcPtr == NULL) {
	if (interp != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "cannot unload: filesystem does not support unloading",
		    -1));
	}
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (handle->unloadFileProcPtr != NULL) {
	handle->unloadFileProcPtr(handle);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSUnloadTempFile --
 *


 *	Unloads an object loaded via temporary file from a virtual filesystem
 *	to a native filesystem.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:

 *	Frees resources for the loaded object and deletes the temporary file.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TclFSUnloadTempFile(
    Tcl_LoadHandle loadHandle)	/* A handle for the object, as provided by a
				 *  previous call to Tcl_FSLoadFile(). */

{
    FsDivertLoad *tvdlPtr = (FsDivertLoad *) loadHandle;

    if (tvdlPtr == NULL) {
	/*
	 * tvdlPtr was provided by Tcl_LoadFile so it should not be NULL here.

	 */


	return;
    }

    if (tvdlPtr->unloadProcPtr != NULL) {
	/*

	 * 'unloadProcPtr' must be called first so that the shared library is
	 * actually unloaded by the OS. Otherwise, the following 'delete' may
	 * well fail because the shared library is still in use.
	 */


	tvdlPtr->unloadProcPtr(tvdlPtr->loadHandle);
    }

    if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem == NULL) {
	/*

	 * Call the function for the native fileystem, which works even at this
	 * late stage.
	 */

	TclpDeleteFile(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
	NativeFreeInternalRep(tvdlPtr->divertedFileNativeRep);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Remove the temporary file that was created.  If encodings have
	 * already been freed because the interpreter is exiting this may
	 * crash.
	 */

	if (tvdlPtr->divertedFilesystem->deleteFileProc(tvdlPtr->divertedFile)
		!= TCL_OK) {
	    /*
	     * This may have happened because Tcl is exiting and encodings may
	     * have already been deleted, or something else the filesystem
	     * depends on may be gone.

	     *
	     * TO DO:  Figure out how to delete this file more robustly, or
	     * give the filesystem the information it needs to delete the file


	     * more robustly.  One problem might be that the filesystem cannot
	     * extract the information it needs from the above pathname object
	     * because Tcl's entire filesystem apparatus (the code in this
	     * file) has been finalized and there is no way to get the native
	     * handle of the file.
	     */
	}

	/*
	 * This also decrements the refCount of the Tcl_Filesystem
	 * corresponding to this file. which might case filesystem to be freed
	 * if Tcl is exiting.
	 */

	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tvdlPtr->divertedFile);
    }

    ckfree(tvdlPtr);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSLink --
 *
 *	Creates or inspects a link by calling 'linkProc' of the filesystem
 *	corresponding to the given pathname.  Replaces the library version of
 *	readlink().

 *
 * Results:
 *	If toPtr is NULL, a Tcl_Obj containing the value the symbolic link for
 *	'pathPtr', or NULL if a symbolic link was not accessible.  The caller

 *	should Tcl_DecrRefCount on the result to release it.  Otherwise NULL.
 *

 *	In this case the result has no additional reference count and need not
 *	be freed. The actual action to perform is given by the 'linkAction'
 *	flags, which is a combination of:
 *
 *		TCL_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK
 *		TCL_CREATE_HARD_LINK
 *
 *	Most filesystems do not support linking across to different
 *	filesystems, so this function usually fails if the filesystem
 *	corresponding to toPtr is not the same as the filesystem corresponding
 *	to pathPtr.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Creates or sets a link if toPtr is not NULL.
 *
 *	See readlink().
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSLink(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathaname of file. */
    Tcl_Obj *toPtr,		/* 
				 * NULL or the pathname of a file to link to.
				 */
    int linkAction)		/* Action to perform. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr != NULL && fsPtr->linkProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->linkProc(pathPtr, toPtr, linkAction);
    }

    /*
     * If S_IFLNK isn't defined the machine doesn't support symbolic links, so
     * the file can't possibly be a symbolic link. Generate an EINVAL error,
     * which is what happens on machines that do support symbolic links when
     * readlink is called for a file that isn't a symbolic link.

     */

#ifndef S_IFLNK
    errno = EINVAL; /* TODO: Change to Tcl_SetErrno()? */
#else
    Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
#endif /* S_IFLNK */
    return NULL;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSListVolumes --
 *
 *	Lists the currently mounted volumes by calling `listVolumesProc` of
 *	each registered filesystem, and combining the results to form a list of


 *	volumes.





 *
 * Results:
 *	The list of volumes, in an object which has refCount 0.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSListVolumes(void)
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

    /*
     * Call each "listVolumes" function of each registered filesystem in
     * succession. A non-NULL return value indicates the particular function

     * has succeeded.
     */

    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc != NULL) {
	    Tcl_Obj *thisFsVolumes = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc();

	    if (thisFsVolumes != NULL) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendList(NULL, resultPtr, thisFsVolumes);
		/* The refCount of each list returned by a `listVolumesProc` is
		 * already incremented.  Do not hang onto the list, though.  It
		 * belongs to the filesystem.  Add its contents to * the result
		 * we are building, and then decrement the refCount.  */
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(thisFsVolumes);
	    }
	}
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }
    Disclaim();

    return resultPtr;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * FsListMounts --
 *

 *	Lists the mounts mathing the given pattern in the given directory. 
 *
 * Results:
 *	A list, having a refCount of 0, of the matching mounts, or NULL if no
 *	search was performed because no filesystem provided a search routine.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static Tcl_Obj *
FsListMounts(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of directory to search. */
    const char *pattern)	/* Pattern to match against. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    Tcl_GlobTypeData mountsOnly = { TCL_GLOB_TYPE_MOUNT, 0, NULL, NULL };
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL;

    /*
     * Call the matchInDirectory function of each registered filesystem,
     * passing it 'mountsOnly'.  Results accumulate in resultPtr.


     */

    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem &&
		fsRecPtr->fsPtr->matchInDirectoryProc != NULL) {
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000

4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007

4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSSplitPath --
 *
 *	This function takes the given Tcl_Obj, which should be a valid path,
 *	and returns a Tcl List object containing each segment of that path as
 *	an element.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns list object with refCount of zero. If the passed in lenPtr is
 *	non-NULL, we use it to return the number of elements in the returned
 *	list.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSSplitPath(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path to split. */

    int *lenPtr)		/* int to store number of path elements. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *result = NULL;	/* Needed only to prevent gcc warnings. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;
    char separator = '/';
    int driveNameLength;
    const char *p;

    /*
     * Perform platform specific splitting.
     */

    if (TclFSGetPathType(pathPtr, &fsPtr,
	    &driveNameLength) == TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE) {
	if (fsPtr == &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	    return TclpNativeSplitPath(pathPtr, lenPtr);
	}
    } else {
	return TclpNativeSplitPath(pathPtr, lenPtr);
    }

    /*
     * We assume separators are single characters.
     */

    if (fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *sep = fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc(pathPtr);

	if (sep != NULL) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(sep);
	    separator = Tcl_GetString(sep)[0];
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(sep);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Place the drive name as first element of the result list. The drive
     * name may contain strange characters, like colons and multiple forward
     * slashes (for example 'ftp://' is a valid vfs drive name)
     */

    result = Tcl_NewObj();
    p = Tcl_GetString(pathPtr);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(p, driveNameLength));
    p += driveNameLength;

    /*
     * Add the remaining path elements to the list.
     */

    for (;;) {
	const char *elementStart = p;
	int length;

	while ((*p != '\0') && (*p != separator)) {







|
<
<


|
<
<


<
>






|
>
|

|






|











<
|
<












|
|
|









|







3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853


3854
3855
3856


3857
3858

3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888

3889

3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSSplitPath --
 *
 *	Splits a pathname into its components.


 *
 * Results:
 *	A list with refCount of zero.


 *
 * Side effects:

 *	If lenPtr is not null, sets it to the number of elements in the result.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSSplitPath(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The pathname to split. */
    int *lenPtr)		/* A place to hold the number of pathname
				 * elements. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *result = NULL;	/* Just to squelch gcc warnings. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr;
    char separator = '/';
    int driveNameLength;
    const char *p;

    /*
     * Perform platform-specific splitting.
     */

    if (TclFSGetPathType(pathPtr, &fsPtr,
	    &driveNameLength) == TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE) {
	if (fsPtr == &tclNativeFilesystem) {
	    return TclpNativeSplitPath(pathPtr, lenPtr);
	}
    } else {
	return TclpNativeSplitPath(pathPtr, lenPtr);
    }


    /* Assume each separator is a single character. */


    if (fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *sep = fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc(pathPtr);

	if (sep != NULL) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(sep);
	    separator = Tcl_GetString(sep)[0];
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(sep);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Add the drive name as first element of the result. The drive name may
     * contain strange characters like colons and sequences of forward slashes
     * For example, 'ftp://' is a valid drive name.
     */

    result = Tcl_NewObj();
    p = Tcl_GetString(pathPtr);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(p, driveNameLength));
    p += driveNameLength;

    /*
     * Add the remaining pathname elements to the list.
     */

    for (;;) {
	const char *elementStart = p;
	int length;

	while ((*p != '\0') && (*p != separator)) {
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106

4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123

4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, nextElt);
	}
	if (*p++ == '\0') {
	    break;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Compute the number of elements in the result.
     */

    if (lenPtr != NULL) {
	TclListObjLength(NULL, result, lenPtr);
    }
    return result;
}
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetPathType --
 *
 *	Helper function used by FSGetPathType.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns one of TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE, TCL_PATH_RELATIVE, or
 *	TCL_PATH_VOLUME_RELATIVE. The filesystem reference will be set if and
 *	only if it is non-NULL and the function's return value is
 *	TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_PathType
TclGetPathType(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Path to determine type for. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem **filesystemPtrPtr,
				/* If absolute path and this is not NULL, then
				 * set to the filesystem which claims this
				 * path. */
    int *driveNameLengthPtr,	/* If the path is absolute, and this is
				 * non-NULL, then set to the length of the
				 * driveName. */
    Tcl_Obj **driveNameRef)	/* If the path is absolute, and this is
				 * non-NULL, then set to the name of the
				 * drive, network-volume which contains the

				 * path, already with a refCount for the
				 * caller. */
{
    int pathLen;
    const char *path = TclGetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &pathLen);
    Tcl_PathType type;

    type = TclFSNonnativePathType(path, pathLen, filesystemPtrPtr,
	    driveNameLengthPtr, driveNameRef);







<
<
<
<










|


|
|
<
<


<
>






|

|
|
|
|
|
<
|
<
<
>
|
|







3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940




3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955


3956
3957

3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971

3972


3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, nextElt);
	}
	if (*p++ == '\0') {
	    break;
	}
    }





    if (lenPtr != NULL) {
	TclListObjLength(NULL, result, lenPtr);
    }
    return result;
}
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetPathType --
 *
 *	Helper function used by TclFSGetPathType and TclJoinPath.
 *
 * Results:
 *	One of TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE, TCL_PATH_RELATIVE, or
 *	TCL_PATH_VOLUME_RELATIVE.


 *
 * Side effects:

 *	See **filesystemPtrptr, *driveNameLengthPtr and **driveNameRef,
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_PathType
TclGetPathType(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname to determine type of. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem **filesystemPtrPtr,
				/* If not NULL, a place in which to store a
				 * pointer to the filesystem for this pathname
				 * if it is absolute. */
    int *driveNameLengthPtr,	/* If not NULL, a place in which to store the
				 * length of the volume name. */

    Tcl_Obj **driveNameRef)	/* If not NULL, for an absolute pathname, a


				 * place to store a pointer to an object with a
				 * refCount of 1, and whose value is the name
				 * of the volume. */
{
    int pathLen;
    const char *path = TclGetStringFromObj(pathPtr, &pathLen);
    Tcl_PathType type;

    type = TclFSNonnativePathType(path, pathLen, filesystemPtrPtr,
	    driveNameLengthPtr, driveNameRef);
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177

4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSNonnativePathType --
 *
 *	Helper function used by TclGetPathType. Its purpose is to check
 *	whether the given path starts with a string which corresponds to a
 *	file volume in any registered filesystem except the native one. For
 *	speed and historical reasons the native filesystem has special
 *	hard-coded checks dotted here and there in the filesystem code.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Returns one of TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE or TCL_PATH_RELATIVE. The filesystem
 *	reference will be set if and only if it is non-NULL and the function's
 *	return value is TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_PathType
TclFSNonnativePathType(
    const char *path,		/* Path to determine type for. */
    int pathLen,		/* Length of the path. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem **filesystemPtrPtr,
				/* If absolute path and this is not NULL, then
				 * set to the filesystem which claims this
				 * path. */
    int *driveNameLengthPtr,	/* If the path is absolute, and this is
				 * non-NULL, then set to the length of the
				 * driveName. */
    Tcl_Obj **driveNameRef)	/* If the path is absolute, and this is

				 * non-NULL, then set to the name of the
				 * drive, network-volume which contains the
				 * path, already with a refCount for the
				 * caller. */
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    Tcl_PathType type = TCL_PATH_RELATIVE;

    /*
     * Call each of the "listVolumes" function in succession, checking whether
     * the given path is an absolute path on any of the volumes returned (this
     * is done by checking whether the path's prefix matches).
     */

    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * We want to skip the native filesystem in this loop because
	 * otherwise we won't necessarily pass all the Tcl testsuite - this is
	 * because some of the tests artificially change the current platform
	 * (between win, unix) but the list of volumes we get by calling
	 * fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc will reflect the current (real)
	 * platform only and this may cause some tests to fail. In particular,
	 * on Unix '/' will match the beginning of certain absolute Windows
	 * paths starting '//' and those tests will go wrong.
	 *
	 * Besides these test-suite issues, there is one other reason to skip
	 * the native filesystem - since the tclFilename.c code has nice fast
	 * 'absolute path' checkers, we don't want to waste time repeating
	 * that effort here, and this function is actually called quite often,
	 * so if we can save the overhead of the native filesystem returning
	 * us a list of volumes all the time, it is better.
	 */

	if ((fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem)
		&& (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc != NULL)) {
	    int numVolumes;
	    Tcl_Obj *thisFsVolumes = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc();

	    if (thisFsVolumes != NULL) {
		if (Tcl_ListObjLength(NULL, thisFsVolumes, &numVolumes)
			!= TCL_OK) {
		    /*
		     * This is VERY bad; the listVolumesProc didn't return a
		     * valid list. Set numVolumes to -1 so that we skip the
		     * while loop below and just return with the current value
		     * of 'type'.
		     *
		     * It would be better if we could signal an error here
		     * (but Tcl_Panic seems a bit excessive).
		     */

		    numVolumes = -1;
		}
		while (numVolumes > 0) {
		    Tcl_Obj *vol;
		    int len;







|
|
|
|
|


|











|
|

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
|
<
<





<
|
|






|
|
|
<
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
<
|
|












|
|
<

|
|







3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030


4031
4032
4033
4034
4035

4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046

4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054

4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070

4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
}

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclFSNonnativePathType --
 *
 *	Helper function used by TclGetPathType. Checks whether the given
 *	pathname starts with a string which corresponds to a file volume in
 *	some registered filesystem other than the native one.  For speed and
 *	historical reasons the native filesystem has special hard-coded checks
 *	dotted here and there in the filesystem code.
 *
 * Results:
 *	One of TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE or TCL_PATH_RELATIVE.  The filesystem
 *	reference will be set if and only if it is non-NULL and the function's
 *	return value is TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_PathType
TclFSNonnativePathType(
    const char *path,		/* Pathname to determine the type of. */
    int pathLen,		/* Length of the pathname. */
    const Tcl_Filesystem **filesystemPtrPtr,
				/* If not NULL, a  place to store a pointer to
				 * the filesystem for this pathname when it is
				 * an absolute pathname. */
    int *driveNameLengthPtr,	/* If not NULL, a place to store the length of
				 * the volume name if the pathname is absolute.
				 */
    Tcl_Obj **driveNameRef)	/* If not NULL, a place to store a pointer to
				 * an object having its its refCount already
				 * incremented, and contining the name of the
				 * volume if the pathname is absolute. */


{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    Tcl_PathType type = TCL_PATH_RELATIVE;

    /*

     * Determine whether the given pathname is an absolute pathname on some
     * filesystem other than the native filesystem.
     */

    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();
    while (fsRecPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * Skip the the native filesystem because otherwise some of the tests
	 * in the Tcl testsuite might fail because some of the tests
	 * artificially change the current platform (between win, unix) but the

	 * list of volumes obtained by calling fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc
	 * reflects the current (real) platform only. In particular, on Unix
	 * '/' matchs the beginning of certain absolute Windows pathnames
	 * starting '//' and those tests go wrong.
	 *
	 * There is another reason to skip the native filesystem:  Since the
	 * tclFilename.c code has nice fast 'absolute path' checkers, there is
	 * no reason to waste time doing that in this frequently-called

	 * function.  It is better to save the overhead of the native
	 * filesystem continuously returning a list of volumes.
	 */

	if ((fsRecPtr->fsPtr != &tclNativeFilesystem)
		&& (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc != NULL)) {
	    int numVolumes;
	    Tcl_Obj *thisFsVolumes = fsRecPtr->fsPtr->listVolumesProc();

	    if (thisFsVolumes != NULL) {
		if (Tcl_ListObjLength(NULL, thisFsVolumes, &numVolumes)
			!= TCL_OK) {
		    /*
		     * This is VERY bad; the listVolumesProc didn't return a
		     * valid list. Set numVolumes to -1 to skip the loop below
		     * and just return with the current value of 'type'.

		     *
		     * It would be better to signal an error here, but
		     * Tcl_Panic seems a bit excessive.
		     */

		    numVolumes = -1;
		}
		while (numVolumes > 0) {
		    Tcl_Obj *vol;
		    int len;
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285

4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
			}
			break;
		    }
		}
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(thisFsVolumes);
		if (type == TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE) {
		    /*
		     * We don't need to examine any more filesystems.
		     */

		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }
    Disclaim();
    return type;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSRenameFile --
 *
 *	If the two paths given belong to the same filesystem, we call that
 *	filesystems rename function. Otherwise we simply return the POSIX
 *	error 'EXDEV', and -1.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl error code if a function was called.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file may be renamed.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSRenameFile(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,	/* Pathname of file or dir to be renamed
				 * (UTF-8). */
    Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr)	/* New pathname of file or directory
				 * (UTF-8). */
{
    int retVal = -1;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr, *fsPtr2;

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(srcPathPtr);
    fsPtr2 = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(destPathPtr);








|

















|
|
|


|
>









|
|
|
<







4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143

4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
			}
			break;
		    }
		}
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(thisFsVolumes);
		if (type == TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE) {
		    /*
		     * No need to to examine additional filesystems.
		     */

		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	fsRecPtr = fsRecPtr->nextPtr;
    }
    Disclaim();
    return type;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSRenameFile --
 *
 *	If the two pathnames correspond to the same filesystem, call
 *	'renameFileProc' of that filesystem.  Otherwise return the POSIX error
 *	'EXDEV', and -1.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl error code if a rename function was called, or -1
 *	otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file may be renamed.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSRenameFile(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,	/* The pathname of a file or directory to be
				   renamed. */
    Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr)	/* The new pathname for the file. */

{
    int retVal = -1;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr, *fsPtr2;

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(srcPathPtr);
    fsPtr2 = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(destPathPtr);

4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330

4331
4332
4333

4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSCopyFile --
 *
 *	If the two paths given belong to the same filesystem, we call that
 *	filesystem's copy function. Otherwise we simply return the POSIX error
 *	'EXDEV', and -1.
 *
 *	Note that in the native filesystems, 'copyFileProc' is defined to copy
 *	soft links (i.e. it copies the links themselves, not the things they
 *	point to).
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl error code if a function was called.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file may be copied.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSCopyFile(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,	/* Pathname of file to be copied (UTF-8). */
    Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr)	/* Pathname of file to copy to (UTF-8). */
{
    int retVal = -1;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr, *fsPtr2;

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(srcPathPtr);
    fsPtr2 = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(destPathPtr);








|
|
<

|
<
|


|
>


|
>






|
|







4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167

4168
4169

4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSCopyFile --
 *
 *	If both pathnames correspond to the same filesystem, calls
 *	'copyFileProc' of that filesystem.

 *
 *	In the native filesystems, 'copyFileProc' copies a link itself, not the

 *	thing the link points to.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code if a copyFileProc was called, or -1
 *	otherwise.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file might be copied.  The POSIX error 'EXDEV' is set if a copy
 *	function was not called.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSCopyFile(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,	/* The pathname of file to be copied. */
    Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr)	/* The new pathname to copy the file to. */
{
    int retVal = -1;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr, *fsPtr2;

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(srcPathPtr);
    fsPtr2 = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(destPathPtr);

4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCrossFilesystemCopy --
 *
 *	Helper for above function, and for Tcl_FSLoadFile, to copy files from
 *	one filesystem to another. This function will overwrite the target
 *	file if it already exists.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl error code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file may be created.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclCrossFilesystemCopy(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    Tcl_Obj *source,		/* Pathname of file to be copied (UTF-8). */
    Tcl_Obj *target)		/* Pathname of file to copy to (UTF-8). */
{
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    int prot = 0666;
    Tcl_Channel in, out;
    Tcl_StatBuf sourceStatBuf;
    struct utimbuf tval;

    out = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, target, "wb", prot);
    if (out == NULL) {
	/*
	 * It looks like we cannot copy it over. Bail out...
	 */
	goto done;
    }

    in = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, source, "rb", prot);
    if (in == NULL) {
	/*
	 * This is very strange, caller should have checked this...
	 */

	Tcl_Close(interp, out);
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Copy it synchronously. We might wish to add an asynchronous option to
     * support vfs's which are slow (e.g. network sockets).
     */

    if (TclCopyChannel(interp, in, out, -1, NULL) == TCL_OK) {
	result = TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * If the copy failed, assume that copy channel left a good error message.
     */

    Tcl_Close(interp, in);
    Tcl_Close(interp, out);

    /*
     * Set modification date of copied file.







|
|
<


|


|







|
|










|







|







|
|







|







4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209

4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCrossFilesystemCopy --
 *
 *	Helper for Tcl_FSCopyFile and Tcl_FSLoadFile.  Copies a file from one
 *	filesystem to another, overwiting any file that already exists. 

 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file may be copied.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclCrossFilesystemCopy(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* For error messages. */
    Tcl_Obj *source,		/* Pathname of file to be copied. */
    Tcl_Obj *target)		/* Pathname to copy the file to. */
{
    int result = TCL_ERROR;
    int prot = 0666;
    Tcl_Channel in, out;
    Tcl_StatBuf sourceStatBuf;
    struct utimbuf tval;

    out = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, target, "wb", prot);
    if (out == NULL) {
	/*
	 * Failed to open an output channel.  Bail out.
	 */
	goto done;
    }

    in = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, source, "rb", prot);
    if (in == NULL) {
	/*
	 * Could not open an input channel.  Why didn't the caller check this?
	 */

	Tcl_Close(interp, out);
	goto done;
    }

    /*
     * Copy the file synchronously.  TO DO:  Maybe add an asynchronous option
     * to support virtual filesystems that are slow (e.g. network sockets).
     */

    if (TclCopyChannel(interp, in, out, -1, NULL) == TCL_OK) {
	result = TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * If the copy failed, assume that copy channel left an error message.
     */

    Tcl_Close(interp, in);
    Tcl_Close(interp, out);

    /*
     * Set modification date of copied file.
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSDeleteFile --
 *
 *	The appropriate function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs
 *	will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl error code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file may be deleted.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
|


|







4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSDeleteFile --
 *
 *	Calls 'deleteFileProc' of the filesystem corresponding to the given
 *	pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A file may be deleted.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478

4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSCreateDirectory --
 *
 *	The appropriate function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs
 *	will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl error code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A directory may be created.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSCreateDirectory(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)		/* Pathname of directory to create (UTF-8). */







|
|


|


|
>







4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSCreateDirectory --
 *
 *	Calls 'createDirectoryProc' of the filesystem corresponding to the
 *	given pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code, or -1 if no createDirectoryProc is found.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A directory may be created.  POSIX error 'ENOENT' is set if no
 *	createDirectoryProc is found.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSCreateDirectory(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)		/* Pathname of directory to create (UTF-8). */
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509

4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516

4517
4518
4519


4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSCopyDirectory --
 *
 *	If the two paths given belong to the same filesystem, we call that
 *	filesystems copy-directory function. Otherwise we simply return the
 *	POSIX error 'EXDEV', and -1.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl error code if a function was called.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A directory may be copied.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSCopyDirectory(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,	/* Pathname of directory to be copied

				 * (UTF-8). */
    Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr,	/* Pathname of target directory (UTF-8). */
    Tcl_Obj **errorPtr)		/* If non-NULL, then will be set to a new


				 * object containing name of file causing
				 * error, with refCount 1. */
{
    int retVal = -1;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr, *fsPtr2;

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(srcPathPtr);
    fsPtr2 = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(destPathPtr);








|
|
<


|


|
>






|
>
|
|
|
>
>
|
|







4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347

4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSCopyDirectory --
 *
 *	If both pathnames correspond to the the same filesystem, calls
 *	'copyDirectoryProc' of that filesystem.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code, or -1 if no 'copyDirectoryProc' is found.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A directory may be copied. POSIX error 'EXDEV' is set if no
 *	copyDirectoryProc is found.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSCopyDirectory(
    Tcl_Obj *srcPathPtr,	/*
				 * The pathname of the directory to be copied.
				 */
    Tcl_Obj *destPathPtr,	/* The pathname of the target directory. */
    Tcl_Obj **errorPtr)		/* If not NULL, and there is an error, a place
				 *  to store a pointer to a new object, with
				 *  its refCount already incremented, and
				 *  containing the pathname name of file
				 *  causing the error. */
{
    int retVal = -1;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr, *fsPtr2;

    fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(srcPathPtr);
    fsPtr2 = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(destPathPtr);

4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550

4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562

4563

4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620

4621
4622
4623

4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639

4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660



4661

4662
4663
4664
4665


4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory --
 *
 *	The appropriate function for the filesystem to which pathPtr belongs
 *	will be called.
 *
 * Results:
 *	Standard Tcl error code.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A directory may be deleted.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* Pathname of directory to be removed
				 * (UTF-8). */
    int recursive,		/* If non-zero, removes directories that are
				 * nonempty. Otherwise, will only remove empty
				 * directories. */
    Tcl_Obj **errorPtr)		/* If non-NULL, then will be set to a new

				 * object containing name of file causing

				 * error, with refCount 1. */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr == NULL || fsPtr->removeDirectoryProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	return -1;
    }

    /*
     * When working recursively, we check whether the cwd lies inside this
     * directory and move it if it does.
     */

    if (recursive) {
	Tcl_Obj *cwdPtr = Tcl_FSGetCwd(NULL);

	if (cwdPtr != NULL) {
	    const char *cwdStr, *normPathStr;
	    int cwdLen, normLen;
	    Tcl_Obj *normPath = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(NULL, pathPtr);

	    if (normPath != NULL) {
		normPathStr = TclGetStringFromObj(normPath, &normLen);
		cwdStr = TclGetStringFromObj(cwdPtr, &cwdLen);
		if ((cwdLen >= normLen) && (strncmp(normPathStr, cwdStr,
			(size_t) normLen) == 0)) {
		    /*
		     * The cwd is inside the directory, so we perform a 'cd
		     * [file dirname $path]'.
		     */

		    Tcl_Obj *dirPtr = TclPathPart(NULL, pathPtr,
			    TCL_PATH_DIRNAME);

		    Tcl_FSChdir(dirPtr);
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(dirPtr);
		}
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwdPtr);
	}
    }
    return fsPtr->removeDirectoryProc(pathPtr, recursive, errorPtr);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath --
 *
 *	This function determines which filesystem to use for a particular path
 *	object, and returns the filesystem which accepts this file. If no
 *	filesystem will accept this object as a valid file path, then NULL is
 *	returned.
 *
 * Results:
 *	NULL or a filesystem which will accept this path.

 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object may be converted to a path type.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

const Tcl_Filesystem *
Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *retVal = NULL;

    if (pathPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath called with NULL object");
	return NULL;
    }


    /*
     * If the object has a refCount of zero, we reject it. This is to avoid
     * possible segfaults or nondeterministic memory leaks (i.e. the user
     * doesn't know if they should decrement the ref count on return or not).
     */

    if (pathPtr->refCount == 0) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath called with object with refCount == 0");
	return NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Check if the filesystem has changed in some way since this object's
     * internal representation was calculated. Before doing that, assure we
     * have the most up-to-date copy of the master filesystem. This is
     * accomplished by the FsGetFirstFilesystem() call.
     */

    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();




    if (TclFSEnsureEpochOk(pathPtr, &retVal) != TCL_OK) {

	Disclaim();
	return NULL;
    } else if (retVal != NULL) {
	/* TODO: Can this happen? */


	Disclaim();
	return retVal;
    }

    /*
     * Call each of the "pathInFilesystem" functions in succession. A
     * non-return value of -1 indicates the particular function has succeeded.
     */

    for (; fsRecPtr!=NULL ; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	ClientData clientData = NULL;

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->pathInFilesystemProc == NULL) {
	    continue;
	}

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->pathInFilesystemProc(pathPtr, &clientData)!=-1) {
	    /*
	     * We assume the type of pathPtr hasn't been changed by the above
	     * call to the pathInFilesystemProc.
	     */

	    TclFSSetPathDetails(pathPtr, fsRecPtr->fsPtr, clientData);
	    Disclaim();
	    return fsRecPtr->fsPtr;
	}
    }
    Disclaim();

    return NULL;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSGetNativePath --
 *
 *	This function is for use by the Win/Unix native filesystems, so that
 *	they can easily retrieve the native (char* or WCHAR*) representation
 *	of a path. Other filesystems will probably want to implement similar
 *	functions. They basically act as a safety net around
 *	Tcl_FSGetInternalRep. Normally your file-system functions will always
 *	be called with path objects already converted to the correct
 *	filesystem, but if for some reason they are called directly (i.e. by
 *	functions not in this file), then one cannot necessarily guarantee
 *	that the path object pointer is from the correct filesystem.
 *
 *	Note: in the future it might be desirable to have separate versions
 *	of this function with different signatures, for example
 *	Tcl_FSGetNativeWinPath, Tcl_FSGetNativeUnixPath etc. Right now, since
 *	native paths are all string based, we use just one function.
 *
 * Results:
 *	NULL or a valid native path.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	See Tcl_FSGetInternalRep.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

const void *
Tcl_FSGetNativePath(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
{
    return Tcl_FSGetInternalRep(pathPtr, &tclNativeFilesystem);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFreeInternalRep --
 *
 *	Free a native internal representation, which will be non-NULL.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory is released.
 *







|
|


|


|
>






|
|
|
|
|
|
>
|
>
|








<
<
<
<
<


<











|
|




















<
|
<
<


<
>


|
>
















>
|
<
|
|
|
<
<




<
<
<
|
<
<
<



>
>
>

>



|
>
>





|
|
|
<








|
|
|
|
















<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
















|







4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423





4424
4425

4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458

4459


4460
4461

4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484

4485
4486
4487


4488
4489
4490
4491



4492



4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514

4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542



















4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory --
 *
 *	Calls 'removeDirectoryProc' of the filesystem corresponding to remove
 *	pathPtr.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl return code, or -1 if no removeDirectoryProc is found.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	A directory may be removed.  POSIX error 'ENOENT' is set if no
 *	removeDirectoryProc is found.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr,		/* The pathname of the directory to be removed.
                                 */
    int recursive,		/* If zero, removes only an empty directory.
				 * Otherwise, removes the directory and all its
				 * contents.  */
    Tcl_Obj **errorPtr)		/* If not NULL and an error occurs, stores a
				 * place to store a a pointer to a new
				 * object having a refCount of 1 and containing
				 * the name of the file that produced an error.
				 * */
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);

    if (fsPtr == NULL || fsPtr->removeDirectoryProc == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetErrno(ENOENT);
	return -1;
    }






    if (recursive) {
	Tcl_Obj *cwdPtr = Tcl_FSGetCwd(NULL);

	if (cwdPtr != NULL) {
	    const char *cwdStr, *normPathStr;
	    int cwdLen, normLen;
	    Tcl_Obj *normPath = Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(NULL, pathPtr);

	    if (normPath != NULL) {
		normPathStr = TclGetStringFromObj(normPath, &normLen);
		cwdStr = TclGetStringFromObj(cwdPtr, &cwdLen);
		if ((cwdLen >= normLen) && (strncmp(normPathStr, cwdStr,
			(size_t) normLen) == 0)) {
		    /*
		     * The cwd is inside the directory to be removed.  Change
		     * the cwd to [file dirname $path].
		     */

		    Tcl_Obj *dirPtr = TclPathPart(NULL, pathPtr,
			    TCL_PATH_DIRNAME);

		    Tcl_FSChdir(dirPtr);
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(dirPtr);
		}
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cwdPtr);
	}
    }
    return fsPtr->removeDirectoryProc(pathPtr, recursive, errorPtr);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath --
 *

 *	Produces the filesystem that corresponds to the given pathname.


 *
 * Results:

 *	The corresponding Tcl_Filesystem, or NULL if the pathname is invalid.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The internal representation of fsPtrPtr is converted to fsPathType if
 *	needed, and that internal representation is updated as needed.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

const Tcl_Filesystem *
Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
{
    FilesystemRecord *fsRecPtr;
    const Tcl_Filesystem *retVal = NULL;

    if (pathPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath called with NULL object");
	return NULL;
    }

    if (pathPtr->refCount == 0) {
	/*

	 * Avoid possible segfaults or nondeterministic memory leaks where the
	 * reference count has been incorreclty managed.
	 */


	Tcl_Panic("Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath called with object with refCount == 0");
	return NULL;
    }




    /* Start with an up-to-date copy of the master filesystem. */



    fsRecPtr = FsGetFirstFilesystem();
    Claim();

    /*
     * Ensure that pathPtr is a valid pathname.
     */
    if (TclFSEnsureEpochOk(pathPtr, &retVal) != TCL_OK) {
	/* not a valid pathname */
	Disclaim();
	return NULL;
    } else if (retVal != NULL) {
	/*
	 * Found the filesystem in the internal representation of pathPtr.
	*/
	Disclaim();
	return retVal;
    }

    /*
     * Call each of the "pathInFilesystem" functions in succession until the
     * corresponding filesystem is found.
     */ 

    for (; fsRecPtr!=NULL ; fsRecPtr=fsRecPtr->nextPtr) {
	ClientData clientData = NULL;

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->pathInFilesystemProc == NULL) {
	    continue;
	}

	if (fsRecPtr->fsPtr->pathInFilesystemProc(pathPtr, &clientData)!=-1) {
	    /* This is the filesystem for pathPtr.  Assume the type of pathPtr
	     * hasn't been changed by the above call to the
	     * pathInFilesystemProc, and cache this result in the internal
	     * representation of pathPtr.  */

	    TclFSSetPathDetails(pathPtr, fsRecPtr->fsPtr, clientData);
	    Disclaim();
	    return fsRecPtr->fsPtr;
	}
    }
    Disclaim();

    return NULL;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSGetNativePath --
 *



















 *  See Tcl_FSGetInternalRep.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

const void *
Tcl_FSGetNativePath(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
{
    return Tcl_FSGetInternalRep(pathPtr, &tclNativeFilesystem);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFreeInternalRep --
 *
 *	Free a native internal representation.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory is released.
 *
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760

4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767


4768
4769
4770

4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
    ckfree(clientData);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo --

 *
 *	This function returns a list of two elements. The first element is the
 *	name of the filesystem (e.g. "native" or "vfs"), and the second is the
 *	particular type of the given path within that filesystem.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A list of two elements.


 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The object may be converted to a path type.

 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)







>

<
<
<


|
>
>


|
>







4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583



4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
    ckfree(clientData);
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo --
 *	Produce the type of a pathname and the type of its filesystem.
 *



 *
 * Results:
 *	A list where the first item is the name of the filesystem (e.g.
 *	"native" or "vfs"), and the second item is the type of the given
 *	pathname within that filesystem.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The internal representation of pathPtr may be converted to a
 *	fsPathType.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835

4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSPathSeparator --
 *
 *	This function returns the separator to be used for a given path. The
 *	object returned should have a refCount of zero
 *
 * Results:
 *	A Tcl object, with a refCount of zero. If the caller needs to retain a
 *	reference to the object, it should call Tcl_IncrRefCount, and should
 *	otherwise free the object.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The path object may be converted to a path type.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSPathSeparator(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

    if (fsPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }

    if (fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc(pathPtr);
    }

    /*

     * Allow filesystems not to provide a filesystemSeparatorProc if they wish
     * to use the standard forward slash.
     */

    TclNewLiteralStringObj(resultObj, "/");
    return resultObj;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFilesystemSeparator --
 *
 *	This function is part of the native filesystem support, and returns
 *	the separator for the given path.
 *
 * Results:
 *	String object containing the separator character.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */








|
<


|
<
<


|




















>
|
<











|
|


|







4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628

4629
4630
4631


4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656

4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_FSPathSeparator --
 *
 *	Produces the separator for given pathname.

 *
 * Results:
 *	A Tcl object having a refCount of zero.


 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The internal representation of pathPtr may be converted to a fsPathType
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_FSPathSeparator(
    Tcl_Obj *pathPtr)
{
    const Tcl_Filesystem *fsPtr = Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(pathPtr);
    Tcl_Obj *resultObj;

    if (fsPtr == NULL) {
	return NULL;
    }

    if (fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc != NULL) {
	return fsPtr->filesystemSeparatorProc(pathPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Use the standard forward slash character if filesystem does not to
     * provide a filesystemSeparatorProc.

     */

    TclNewLiteralStringObj(resultObj, "/");
    return resultObj;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * NativeFilesystemSeparator --
 *
 *	This function, part of the native filesystem support, returns the
 *	separator for the given pathname.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The separator character.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Changes to generic/tclStubInit.c.
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148


149
150
151
152
153
154
155
   mp_digit d2;
   mp_err result = TclBN_s_mp_div_d(a, b, c, (d ? &d2 : NULL));
   if (d) {
      *d = d2;
   }
   return result;
}
mp_err TclBN_mp_div_3(const mp_int *a, mp_int *c, unsigned int *d) {
   mp_digit d2;
   mp_err result = TclBN_s_mp_div_3(a, c, &d2);
   if (d) {
      *d = d2;
   }
   return result;
}
mp_err TclBN_mp_init_set(mp_int *a, unsigned int b) {
	return TclBN_s_mp_init_set(a, b);
}
mp_err	TclBN_mp_mul_d(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c) {
	return TclBN_s_mp_mul_d(a, b, c);
}
void TclBN_mp_set(mp_int *a, unsigned int b) {
	TclBN_s_mp_set(a, b);
}



#if defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#   define TclBN_mp_expt_d_ex 0
#   define TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin 0
#   define TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n 0
#   define TclBN_mp_toradix_n 0


#   define TclSetStartupScriptPath 0
#   define TclGetStartupScriptPath 0
#   define TclSetStartupScriptFileName 0
#   define TclGetStartupScriptFileName 0
#   define TclPrecTraceProc 0
#   define TclpInetNtoa 0
#   define TclWinGetServByName 0







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

















>
>







117
118
119
120
121
122
123








124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
   mp_digit d2;
   mp_err result = TclBN_s_mp_div_d(a, b, c, (d ? &d2 : NULL));
   if (d) {
      *d = d2;
   }
   return result;
}








mp_err TclBN_mp_init_set(mp_int *a, unsigned int b) {
	return TclBN_s_mp_init_set(a, b);
}
mp_err	TclBN_mp_mul_d(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c) {
	return TclBN_s_mp_mul_d(a, b, c);
}
void TclBN_mp_set(mp_int *a, unsigned int b) {
	TclBN_s_mp_set(a, b);
}



#if defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) || TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > 8
#   define TclBN_mp_expt_d_ex 0
#   define TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin 0
#   define TclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n 0
#   define TclBN_mp_toradix_n 0
#   define TclBN_mp_sqr 0
#   define TclBN_mp_div_3 0
#   define TclSetStartupScriptPath 0
#   define TclGetStartupScriptPath 0
#   define TclSetStartupScriptFileName 0
#   define TclGetStartupScriptFileName 0
#   define TclPrecTraceProc 0
#   define TclpInetNtoa 0
#   define TclWinGetServByName 0
173
174
175
176
177
178
179









180
181
182
183
184
185
186
#   define Tcl_SetIntObj 0
#   define Tcl_SetLongObj 0
#   define Tcl_NewIntObj 0
#   define Tcl_NewLongObj 0
#   define Tcl_DbNewLongObj 0
#   define Tcl_BackgroundError 0
#else










int TclBN_mp_expt_d_ex(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c, int fast)
{
	return mp_expt_u32(a, b, c);
}

mp_err mp_to_unsigned_bin(const mp_int *a, unsigned char *b)







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
#   define Tcl_SetIntObj 0
#   define Tcl_SetLongObj 0
#   define Tcl_NewIntObj 0
#   define Tcl_NewLongObj 0
#   define Tcl_DbNewLongObj 0
#   define Tcl_BackgroundError 0
#else

mp_err TclBN_mp_div_3(const mp_int *a, mp_int *c, unsigned int *d) {
   mp_digit d2;
   mp_err result = TclBN_s_mp_div_3(a, c, &d2);
   if (d) {
      *d = d2;
   }
   return result;
}

int TclBN_mp_expt_d_ex(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c, int fast)
{
	return mp_expt_u32(a, b, c);
}

mp_err mp_to_unsigned_bin(const mp_int *a, unsigned char *b)
Changes to generic/tclTomMath.decls.
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
}
declare 15 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_div_2(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q)
}
declare 16 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_div_2d(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *q, mp_int *r)
}
declare 17 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_div_3(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q, unsigned int *r)
}
declare 18 {
    void TclBN_mp_exch(mp_int *a, mp_int *b)
}
declare 19 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_expt_u32(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c)







|







70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
}
declare 15 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_div_2(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q)
}
declare 16 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_div_2d(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *q, mp_int *r)
}
declare 17 {deprecated {is private function in libtommath}} {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_div_3(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q, unsigned int *r)
}
declare 18 {
    void TclBN_mp_exch(mp_int *a, mp_int *b)
}
declare 19 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_expt_u32(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c)
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
}
declare 38 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_shrink(mp_int *a)
}
declare 39 {
    void TclBN_mp_set(mp_int *a, unsigned int b)
}
declare 40 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_sqr(const mp_int *a, mp_int *b)
}
declare 41 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_sqrt(const mp_int *a, mp_int *b)
}
declare 42 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_sub(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c)







|







139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
}
declare 38 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_shrink(mp_int *a)
}
declare 39 {
    void TclBN_mp_set(mp_int *a, unsigned int b)
}
declare 40 {nostub {is private function in libtommath}} {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_sqr(const mp_int *a, mp_int *b)
}
declare 41 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_sqrt(const mp_int *a, mp_int *b)
}
declare 42 {
    mp_err MP_WUR TclBN_mp_sub(const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c)
Changes to generic/tclTomMathDecls.h.
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
#define mp_rshd TclBN_mp_rshd
#define mp_set_int(a,b) (MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA("replaced by mp_set_ul") (TclBN_mp_set_ul((a),((unsigned int)(b))),MP_OKAY))
#define mp_set_long(a,b) (MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA("replaced by mp_set_ul") (TclBN_mp_set_ul((a),(b)),MP_OKAY))
#define mp_set_long_long(a,b) (MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA("replaced by mp_set_ull") (TclBN_mp_set_ull((a),(b)),MP_OKAY))
#define mp_set_ul TclBN_mp_set_ul
#define mp_set_ull TclBN_mp_set_ull
#define mp_shrink TclBN_mp_shrink
#define mp_sqr TclBN_mp_sqr
#define mp_sqrt TclBN_mp_sqrt
#define mp_sub TclBN_mp_sub
#define mp_signed_rsh TclBN_mp_signed_rsh
#define mp_tc_and TclBN_mp_and
#define mp_tc_div_2d TclBN_mp_signed_rsh
#define mp_tc_or TclBN_mp_or
#define mp_tc_xor TclBN_mp_xor







<







102
103
104
105
106
107
108

109
110
111
112
113
114
115
#define mp_rshd TclBN_mp_rshd
#define mp_set_int(a,b) (MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA("replaced by mp_set_ul") (TclBN_mp_set_ul((a),((unsigned int)(b))),MP_OKAY))
#define mp_set_long(a,b) (MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA("replaced by mp_set_ul") (TclBN_mp_set_ul((a),(b)),MP_OKAY))
#define mp_set_long_long(a,b) (MP_DEPRECATED_PRAGMA("replaced by mp_set_ull") (TclBN_mp_set_ull((a),(b)),MP_OKAY))
#define mp_set_ul TclBN_mp_set_ul
#define mp_set_ull TclBN_mp_set_ull
#define mp_shrink TclBN_mp_shrink

#define mp_sqrt TclBN_mp_sqrt
#define mp_sub TclBN_mp_sub
#define mp_signed_rsh TclBN_mp_signed_rsh
#define mp_tc_and TclBN_mp_and
#define mp_tc_div_2d TclBN_mp_signed_rsh
#define mp_tc_or TclBN_mp_or
#define mp_tc_xor TclBN_mp_xor
201
202
203
204
205
206
207

208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
				mp_int *q, unsigned int *r) MP_WUR;
/* 15 */
EXTERN mp_err		TclBN_mp_div_2(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q) MP_WUR;
/* 16 */
EXTERN mp_err		TclBN_mp_div_2d(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *q,
				mp_int *r) MP_WUR;
/* 17 */

EXTERN mp_err		TclBN_mp_div_3(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q,
				unsigned int *r) MP_WUR;
/* 18 */
EXTERN void		TclBN_mp_exch(mp_int *a, mp_int *b);
/* 19 */
EXTERN mp_err		TclBN_mp_expt_u32(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b,
				mp_int *c) MP_WUR;
/* 20 */







>
|







200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
				mp_int *q, unsigned int *r) MP_WUR;
/* 15 */
EXTERN mp_err		TclBN_mp_div_2(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q) MP_WUR;
/* 16 */
EXTERN mp_err		TclBN_mp_div_2d(const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *q,
				mp_int *r) MP_WUR;
/* 17 */
TCL_DEPRECATED("is private function in libtommath")
mp_err MP_WUR		TclBN_mp_div_3(const mp_int *a, mp_int *q,
				unsigned int *r) MP_WUR;
/* 18 */
EXTERN void		TclBN_mp_exch(mp_int *a, mp_int *b);
/* 19 */
EXTERN mp_err		TclBN_mp_expt_u32(const mp_int *a, unsigned int b,
				mp_int *c) MP_WUR;
/* 20 */
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
    mp_ord (*tclBN_mp_cmp_mag) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 10 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_copy) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 11 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_count_bits) (const mp_int *a) MP_WUR; /* 12 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *q, mp_int *r) MP_WUR; /* 13 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_d) (const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *q, unsigned int *r) MP_WUR; /* 14 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_2) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *q) MP_WUR; /* 15 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_2d) (const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *q, mp_int *r) MP_WUR; /* 16 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_3) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *q, unsigned int *r) MP_WUR; /* 17 */
    void (*tclBN_mp_exch) (mp_int *a, mp_int *b); /* 18 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_expt_u32) (const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 19 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_grow) (mp_int *a, int size) MP_WUR; /* 20 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init) (mp_int *a) MP_WUR; /* 21 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init_copy) (mp_int *a, const mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 22 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init_multi) (mp_int *a, ...) MP_WUR; /* 23 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init_set) (mp_int *a, unsigned int b) MP_WUR; /* 24 */







|







395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
    mp_ord (*tclBN_mp_cmp_mag) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 10 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_copy) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 11 */
    int (*tclBN_mp_count_bits) (const mp_int *a) MP_WUR; /* 12 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *q, mp_int *r) MP_WUR; /* 13 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_d) (const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *q, unsigned int *r) MP_WUR; /* 14 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_2) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *q) MP_WUR; /* 15 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_2d) (const mp_int *a, int b, mp_int *q, mp_int *r) MP_WUR; /* 16 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("is private function in libtommath") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_div_3) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *q, unsigned int *r) MP_WUR; /* 17 */
    void (*tclBN_mp_exch) (mp_int *a, mp_int *b); /* 18 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_expt_u32) (const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 19 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_grow) (mp_int *a, int size) MP_WUR; /* 20 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init) (mp_int *a) MP_WUR; /* 21 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init_copy) (mp_int *a, const mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 22 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init_multi) (mp_int *a, ...) MP_WUR; /* 23 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_init_set) (mp_int *a, unsigned int b) MP_WUR; /* 24 */
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_neg) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 33 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_or) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 34 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_radix_size) (const mp_int *a, int radix, int *size) MP_WUR; /* 35 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_read_radix) (mp_int *a, const char *str, int radix) MP_WUR; /* 36 */
    void (*tclBN_mp_rshd) (mp_int *a, int shift); /* 37 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_shrink) (mp_int *a) MP_WUR; /* 38 */
    void (*tclBN_mp_set) (mp_int *a, unsigned int b); /* 39 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sqr) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 40 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sqrt) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 41 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sub) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 42 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sub_d) (const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 43 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Use mp_to_ubin") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin) (const mp_int *a, unsigned char *b); /* 44 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Use mp_to_ubin") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n) (const mp_int *a, unsigned char *b, unsigned long *outlen); /* 45 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Use mp_to_radix") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_toradix_n) (const mp_int *a, char *str, int radix, int maxlen); /* 46 */
    size_t (*tclBN_mp_ubin_size) (const mp_int *a); /* 47 */







|







418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_neg) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 33 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_or) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 34 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_radix_size) (const mp_int *a, int radix, int *size) MP_WUR; /* 35 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_read_radix) (mp_int *a, const char *str, int radix) MP_WUR; /* 36 */
    void (*tclBN_mp_rshd) (mp_int *a, int shift); /* 37 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_shrink) (mp_int *a) MP_WUR; /* 38 */
    void (*tclBN_mp_set) (mp_int *a, unsigned int b); /* 39 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("is private function in libtommath") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sqr) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 40 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sqrt) (const mp_int *a, mp_int *b) MP_WUR; /* 41 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sub) (const mp_int *a, const mp_int *b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 42 */
    mp_err (*tclBN_mp_sub_d) (const mp_int *a, unsigned int b, mp_int *c) MP_WUR; /* 43 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Use mp_to_ubin") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin) (const mp_int *a, unsigned char *b); /* 44 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Use mp_to_ubin") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n) (const mp_int *a, unsigned char *b, unsigned long *outlen); /* 45 */
    TCL_DEPRECATED_API("Use mp_to_radix") mp_err (*tclBN_mp_toradix_n) (const mp_int *a, char *str, int radix, int maxlen); /* 46 */
    size_t (*tclBN_mp_ubin_size) (const mp_int *a); /* 47 */
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668






669
#define mp_mul_d TclBN_s_mp_mul_d
#define mp_set TclBN_s_mp_set
#define mp_expt_u32 TclBN_s_mp_expt_u32
#endif /* !BUILD_tcl */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT







#endif /* _TCLINTDECLS */








>
>
>
>
>
>

661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
#define mp_mul_d TclBN_s_mp_mul_d
#define mp_set TclBN_s_mp_set
#define mp_expt_u32 TclBN_s_mp_expt_u32
#endif /* !BUILD_tcl */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#if defined(USE_TCL_STUBS)
#   define mp_sqr(a,b) mp_mul(a,a,b)
#else
#   define mp_sqr TclBN_mp_sqr
#endif

#endif /* _TCLINTDECLS */
Changes to libtommath/bn_mp_mul.c.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14


15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
{
   mp_err err;
   int min_len = MP_MIN(a->used, b->used),
       max_len = MP_MAX(a->used, b->used),
       digs = a->used + b->used + 1;
   mp_sign neg = (a->sign == b->sign) ? MP_ZPOS : MP_NEG;



   if (MP_HAS(S_MP_BALANCE_MUL) &&
       /* Check sizes. The smaller one needs to be larger than the Karatsuba cut-off.
        * The bigger one needs to be at least about one MP_KARATSUBA_MUL_CUTOFF bigger
        * to make some sense, but it depends on architecture, OS, position of the
        * stars... so YMMV.
        * Using it to cut the input into slices small enough for s_mp_mul_digs_fast
        * was actually slower on the author's machine, but YMMV.
        */







>
>
|







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
{
   mp_err err;
   int min_len = MP_MIN(a->used, b->used),
       max_len = MP_MAX(a->used, b->used),
       digs = a->used + b->used + 1;
   mp_sign neg = (a->sign == b->sign) ? MP_ZPOS : MP_NEG;

   if (a == b) {
       return mp_sqr(a,c);
   } else if (MP_HAS(S_MP_BALANCE_MUL) &&
       /* Check sizes. The smaller one needs to be larger than the Karatsuba cut-off.
        * The bigger one needs to be at least about one MP_KARATSUBA_MUL_CUTOFF bigger
        * to make some sense, but it depends on architecture, OS, position of the
        * stars... so YMMV.
        * Using it to cut the input into slices small enough for s_mp_mul_digs_fast
        * was actually slower on the author's machine, but YMMV.
        */
Changes to tests/cmdMZ.test.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
    namespace import ::tcltest::customMatch
    namespace import ::tcltest::makeFile
    namespace import ::tcltest::removeFile
    namespace import ::tcltest::temporaryDirectory
    namespace import ::tcltest::testConstraint
    namespace import ::tcltest::test

    testConstraint knownMsvcBug [expr {![info exists ::env(TRAVIS_OS_NAME)] || ![string match windows $::env(TRAVIS_OS_NAME)]}]

    proc ListGlobMatch {expected actual} {
	if {[llength $expected] != [llength $actual]} {
	    return 0
	}
	foreach e $expected a $actual {
	    if {![string match $e $a]} {
		return 0







<
<







21
22
23
24
25
26
27


28
29
30
31
32
33
34
    namespace import ::tcltest::customMatch
    namespace import ::tcltest::makeFile
    namespace import ::tcltest::removeFile
    namespace import ::tcltest::temporaryDirectory
    namespace import ::tcltest::testConstraint
    namespace import ::tcltest::test



    proc ListGlobMatch {expected actual} {
	if {[llength $expected] != [llength $actual]} {
	    return 0
	}
	foreach e $expected a $actual {
	    if {![string match $e $a]} {
		return 0
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327


328


329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
# The tests for Tcl_SwitchObjCmd are in switch.test

# todo: rewrite this if monotonic clock is provided resp. command "after"
# gets microsecond accuracy (RFE [fdfbd5e10] gets merged):
proc _nrt_sleep {msec} {
    set usec [expr {$msec * 1000}]
    set stime [clock microseconds]
    while {abs([clock microseconds] - $stime) < $usec} {after 0}


}



test cmdMZ-5.1 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: basic format of command} -body {
    time
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "time command ?count?"}
test cmdMZ-5.2 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: basic format of command} -body {
    time a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "time command ?count?"}
test cmdMZ-5.3 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: basic format of command} -body {
    time a b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "b"}
test cmdMZ-5.4 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: nothing happens with negative iteration counts} {
    time bogusCmd -12456
} {0 microseconds per iteration}
test cmdMZ-5.5 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: result format} -body {
    time {format 1}
} -match regexp -result {^\d+ microseconds per iteration}
test cmdMZ-5.6 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: slower commands take longer} knownMsvcBug {
    expr {[lindex [time {_nrt_sleep 1}] 0] < [lindex [time {_nrt_sleep 20}] 0]}
} 1
test cmdMZ-5.7 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: errors generate right trace} {
    list [catch {time {error foo}} msg] $msg $::errorInfo
} {1 foo {foo
    while executing
"error foo"
    invoked from within







|
>
>
|
>
>
















|
|







318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
# The tests for Tcl_SwitchObjCmd are in switch.test

# todo: rewrite this if monotonic clock is provided resp. command "after"
# gets microsecond accuracy (RFE [fdfbd5e10] gets merged):
proc _nrt_sleep {msec} {
    set usec [expr {$msec * 1000}]
    set stime [clock microseconds]
    while {abs([clock microseconds] - $stime) < $usec} {
      # don't use after 0 unless it's NRT-capable, so yes - busy-wait (but it's more precise):
      # after 0
    }
}
_nrt_sleep 0; # warm up (clock, compile, etc)

test cmdMZ-5.1 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: basic format of command} -body {
    time
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "time command ?count?"}
test cmdMZ-5.2 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: basic format of command} -body {
    time a b c
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "time command ?count?"}
test cmdMZ-5.3 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: basic format of command} -body {
    time a b
} -returnCodes error -result {expected integer but got "b"}
test cmdMZ-5.4 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: nothing happens with negative iteration counts} {
    time bogusCmd -12456
} {0 microseconds per iteration}
test cmdMZ-5.5 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: result format} -body {
    time {format 1}
} -match regexp -result {^\d+ microseconds per iteration}
test cmdMZ-5.6 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: slower commands take longer} {
    expr {[lindex [time {_nrt_sleep 0.01}] 0] < [lindex [time {_nrt_sleep 10.0}] 0]}
} 1
test cmdMZ-5.7 {Tcl_TimeObjCmd: errors generate right trace} {
    list [catch {time {error foo}} msg] $msg $::errorInfo
} {1 foo {foo
    while executing
"error foo"
    invoked from within
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399

400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
} {1 {missing close-brace}}
test cmdMZ-6.5a {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: result format and one iteration} {
    regexp {^\d+(?:\.\d+)? \ws/# 1 # \d+(?:\.\d+)? #/sec \d+(?:\.\d+)? net-ms$} [timerate {} 0]
} 1
test cmdMZ-6.5b {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: result format without iterations} {
    regexp {^0 \ws/# 0 # 0 #/sec 0 net-ms$} [timerate {} 0 0]
} 1
test cmdMZ-6.6 {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: slower commands take longer, but it remains almost the same time of measument} knownMsvcBug {
    set m1 [timerate {_nrt_sleep 0} 20]

    set m2 [timerate {_nrt_sleep 0.2} 20]
    list \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 0] < [lindex $m2 0]}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 0] < 100}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 0] > 100}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 2] > 1000}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 2] < 1000}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 4] > 50000}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 4] < 50000}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 6] > 10 && [lindex $m1 6] < 100}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 6] > 10 && [lindex $m2 6] < 100}]
} [lrepeat 9 1]
test cmdMZ-6.7 {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: errors generate right trace} {
    list [catch {timerate {error foo} 1} msg] $msg $::errorInfo
} {1 foo {foo
    while executing
"error foo"
    invoked from within







|
|
>
|




|
|
|
|
|
|







393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
} {1 {missing close-brace}}
test cmdMZ-6.5a {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: result format and one iteration} {
    regexp {^\d+(?:\.\d+)? \ws/# 1 # \d+(?:\.\d+)? #/sec \d+(?:\.\d+)? net-ms$} [timerate {} 0]
} 1
test cmdMZ-6.5b {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: result format without iterations} {
    regexp {^0 \ws/# 0 # 0 #/sec 0 net-ms$} [timerate {} 0 0]
} 1
test cmdMZ-6.6 {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: slower commands take longer, but it remains almost the same time of measument} {
    lassign [timerate {_nrt_sleep 0} 50] ovh
    set m1 [timerate -overhead $ovh {_nrt_sleep 0.01} 50]
    set m2 [timerate -overhead $ovh {_nrt_sleep 1.00} 50]
    list \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 0] < [lindex $m2 0]}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 0] < 100}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 0] > 100}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 2] > 500}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 2] < 500}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 4] > 10000}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 4] < 10000}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m1 6] > 5 && [lindex $m1 6] < 100}] \
	[expr {[lindex $m2 6] > 5 && [lindex $m2 6] < 100}]
} [lrepeat 9 1]
test cmdMZ-6.7 {Tcl_TimeRateObjCmd: errors generate right trace} {
    list [catch {timerate {error foo} 1} msg] $msg $::errorInfo
} {1 foo {foo
    while executing
"error foo"
    invoked from within